Home

2014 Nissan 370Z

1. Do not use an automatic car wash or a high pressure car wash The soft top may be damaged Avoid applying direct water pressure such as high pres sured water from household hoses on the lining of the soft top and vehicle body Avoid applying continuous water on the parts around the soft top and the windows These may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle NISMO models 4 CAUTION Do not use an automatic car wash for NISMO models The rear spoiler may be damaged SOFT TOP CARE AND CLEANING Roadster models Proper care and handling should be observed to maintain a good appearance of the soft top Improper care may cause the top cloth s surface to stiffen stain or mat Follow the instructions shown in this section It is not necessary to wash the soft top every time you wash the vehicle body but clean the top regularly before it becomes quite dirty Leaving the soft top dirty or soiled for a long period wi
2. Ringtoru Incoming Gall Outgoing Call Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the multi function controller are possible using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area 4 on the screen Touch the BACK button to return to the previous screen Use volume kage Lo adjust during olayback Adjusting an item Touch the or button to adjust the settings Touch the or button to move to the previous or next item Touch the amp or button to move to the previous or next page Hm Ful Phone Poonebook IO Lowercase Delete Symbots _ Space Inputting characters Touch the letter or number Q There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Space Inserts a space Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If addition
3. SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations 18 stations channels can be set for the SAT band 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 12 can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 and 6 can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Push and hold the desired radio station preset button to until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations RADIO DISPLAY change When the DISP button is pushed while the radio is being played the audio display will change as follows E Calegory Narie Channel Maria Arl w Station amp Chane Number Norma Mods Songi Program Compact Disc CD changer operation Push the ig
4. WARNING X14 gt SKIP gt DETAIL MENTER NEXT Warning check To see if there are any of the following warnings and corresponding details select this menu No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door rear hatch trunk open warning Loose fuel cap warning Check tire pressure warning SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Instruments and controls 2 27 Push the switch to select other menus DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is displayed Select this menu to see the details of warnings 2 28 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or rear hatch trunk when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when un atten
5. A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor AY WARNING e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet M d Tire wear and damage 1 2 Wear indicator Wear indicator location mark WARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious perso nal injury If it is
6. P 2 23 Models with navigation system More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See How to use INFO button P 4 8 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the left side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the switches as shown above Gy ENTER switch NEXT switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the J switch Each time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer gt Distance to empty gt Outside air temperature gt Setting gt Warning check Instruments and controls 2 23 Current fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption 2 24 Instruments and controls Average fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle
7. ccssssscssssssssssssssssssesssesseeesess Seat belt maintenance oo Child safety Infants Small children for Coupe models Larger children For Roadster models Child restraints Precautions on Child restraints s s s Top tether strap child restraint for Goupe models si a4c uncaiwineaacaearsatedint 1 19 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts for Coupe models sesssssssecseecseessseesees 1 20 Installing top tether strap for Coupe models 1 24 BOOStEr Seats iinisinignionnnsi ini Supplemental restraint system Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 28 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seats cescccseessecssesssessecsesssessecsssssecseessessesseessessseenes 1 33 Front seat mounted side impact and roof door mounted curtain side impact supplemental air Dag Systems 2csc cc Seed AARNA 1 38 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1 39 Supplemental air bag warning labels 0 1 40 Supplemental air bag warning light scesesese 1 40 Repair and replacement procedure ou cesses 1 41 SEATS Sit upright and well back 4 WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal
8. sive damage to the drivetrain If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive mod els with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device If you have to tow manual transmis sion models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies or four wheels on the ground Push the ignition switch to the ON position and turn off all accessories Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift le ver to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only e Rear wheels on the ground Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km e Four wheels on the ground Speed Below 70 MPH 112 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before tow In case of emergency 6 19 ing to prevent damage to the drivetrain TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISMO models 4 CAUTION Do not tow NISMO models with any wheel on the ground or with the front or rear wheels raised because this may cause damage t
9. 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage fuse switch 5 Pull the storage fuse switch straight out from the fuse box SDI2451 4 CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 2 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 LIGHTS 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself JVMO0139X COUPE Headlight high and low
10. SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system eo ry SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing in the instrument panel monitors the circuits for the air bag systems pretensioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the air bag and or pretensioner systems need servi cing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the air bag and or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO CEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pret
11. area or in the shade whenever possible e When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system 5 24 Starting and driving INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance e Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy e Keep the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy e Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion P 9 6 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS PU NN nce 4 WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci KAAN ANANAS RS dents Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P Park for Automatic Trans mission AT model or in an appro priate gear for Manual Transmission MT model Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpect edly or roll away and res
12. e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive automatic transmission models or 1st and R Reverse manual transmis sion models e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle MEMO In case of emergency 6 23 MEMO 6 24 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior Washing Soft top care and cleaning Roadster models 7 3 Waxing 7 4 Removing spots 7 4 Underbody 7 4 Glass 5 Wheels a 7 4 Chrome parts Tire dressing Cleaning interior 7 5 Air fresheners 7 6 Floor mats 7 6 Seat belts 7 7 Corrosion Protection ssssssssssssrsrrrrsreresssssssennnnnnnrnrnnrnrerenssnnnnnns 7 8 Most common factors contributing to vehicle COMOSIOM is accsieassscicscesaiccsesnratsetsaatinssaeateatesneastapiacs 7 8 Environmental factors influence the rate Of COMOSION we ARER ONN deniers 7 8 To protect your vehicle from COFTOSION ssesseseerseeeees 7 8 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or
13. DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the shift lever button before shifting the shift lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the shift lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the shift lever button to shift into a driving gear Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Al ways depress the brake pedal until shi
14. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law In addition to factory installed options your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operat ing the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to u
15. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag 4 CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting sur face of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench 10 11 Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening and install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 for drain and refill capa city The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Al ways use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine underc
16. OFF position Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 Type B 1 A C air conditioner ON OFF button 3g fan speed control dial 2 lt i front defroster button 3 lt t intake air control button 4 AUTO automatic air conditioner ON button Temperature control dial 6 Cat rear window defroster button See Rear window defroster switch P 2 32 6 MODE manual air flow control button 7 OFF button AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER Type B Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 4 28 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humi
17. P 9 6 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 5 See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil 6 DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 7 Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer 8 For additional information see Vehicle identification P 9 11 for air conditioner specification label 9 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 10 Never mix different types of fluids 11 Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid Using any other fluid may result in improper operation of the brake system which could result in serious injury or death 12 NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II available at a NISSAN dealer Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL INFORMATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the
18. Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen i e push SETTING button gt choose Comfort menu item Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the multi function controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Menu Items Counter Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu i e 3 7 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted i e Adjust head lamp on time after shut off VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation system HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON You can check information related to the audio climate control system fuel consumption and navigation system by pressing the STATUS button repeatedly HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the 43 OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the multi function controller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen The display brightness can also be adjusted using the brightness UP button or bright ness DOWN button Push
19. and e All doors are closed and e The shift lever is in the P Park position Automatic Transmission models WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle information display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See Troubleshooting guide P 3 12 and Vehicle information display P 2 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE rn z The SHIFT P warning appears on the display A r When pushing the ignition switch and the inside warning chime sounds con The shift lever is not in the P Park Shift the shift lever to the P Park position to stop the engine tinuously Automatic Transmission models position The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi Whsnopening the drivers door The inside warning chime sounds continuous pokon Han to get out of the vehicle 9 Y The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent f Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli Key port gent Key port The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi inside war
20. e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appro priate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recom
21. equipped P 4 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 oF Os Oh 0 Illustrated table of contents 0 11 METERS AND GAUGES ENTER NEXT switch P 2 23 Fuel gauge P 2 8 Warning Indicator lights P 2 10 Tachometer P 2 7 Speedometer P 2 6 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 36 Vehicle information display P 2 18 IO OT BS hos e 0 12 Illustrated table of contents Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 7 Transmission position indicator if so equipped P 2 17 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indica tor if so equipped P 5 17 MEE 11 12 13 14 fE MEE SSI0521 0 Odometer Twin trip odometer control knob P 2 6 Odometer Twin trip odometer P 2 6 Engine oil temperature gauge P 2 8 Voltmeter P 2 9 Clock P 2 9 P 2 26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT JVM0086X VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 7 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Transmission 1 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 22 models P 8 13 l 2 Battery P 8 15 8 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 12 3 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 9 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 4 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 10 Air cleaner P 8 19 5 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 11 Drive belt location P 8 18 6 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 13 12 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Illustrated table of contents 0 13 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning light A
22. or ma button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewind ing When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the or ma button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing fom REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Suullle GH Shofie OM Shutle OH Repeat Off Hepes One Repeat Al Shufle Albums Shuffle Songs Repeat All Hapert CHI Shuffle Albums Stuffle Songs Hepat CHI Repeat Al 4 70 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA2282 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS models with navigation system The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center console NTSC PAL compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks Compatible audio devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary jacks The auxili
23. tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Instruments and controls 2 13 e Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Ay CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly ZA Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle informa tion display e No key warning e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning 2 14 Instruments and controls Parking brake release warning Door rear hatch trunk open warning Loose fuel cap warning Check tire pressure warning Extended storage fuse warning See Vehicle information display P 2 18 amp Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning l
24. 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY 4 WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode acti vated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport y
25. 4 14 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Setings Comiat J bel gt 1adcec mS 2 on Wi Cabin lighting when unlocking doors Auto Intetar umir ator l Light Sensit Ly Ligh CHF Delay ga Speed Sensing Wiper neral Selectiva Door Unlock Example Comfort settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked Light Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Speed Sensing Wiper Interval When this item is turned to ON the wiper interval is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unl
26. 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Front facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint for Coupe models P 1 19 SSS0641 Front facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure you may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the ALR mode 10 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 9 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sy
27. Flat 2 ade sorewd nver 2 Insert grommets into the hole on the bumper fascia 3 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part rae an 4 Make sure the side end surface of the license plate bracket is aligned with the Ber g onmetg bumper G 9 14 Technical and consumer information Mark the center of the hole on both sides with a felt tip pen Remove the bracket from the bumper and then open 0 9 to 1 0 inch 22 to 25 mm diameter holes on the bumper using the marks as a center Insert J nuts into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm Technical and consumer information 9 15 sien FOR NISMO MODELS Pe Use the following steps to mount the license plate Stew qvemmelz Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag License plate bracket J nut x 2 Screw x 4 Tae license plale Brake Ta DRAW MARK Screw grommet x 4 writs It dail hele oS Park the vehicle on flat level ground A Fa slade A E oats Temporarily place the license plate bracket Folt lip pen while aligning points of the front bumper i fascia with holes in the license plate bracket 3 Confirm
28. P 4 11 This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol For more details see How to use SETTING button P 4 11 Switching the display Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays as follows iPod USB CD DVD gt Bluetooth Audio gt AUX gt iPod USB FM AM SAT radio operation Mant radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 gt FM2 gt AM SAT radio SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 gt XM1 When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is no
29. P 4 73 10 11 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 76 P 4 86 Volume control switches P 4 73 Source select switch P 4 73 Tilt steering lever P 3 36 Steering wheel Horn P 2 37 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 28 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 21 Shift lever Automatic Transmission AT P 5 12 Manual Transmission MT P 5 16 Parking brake P 5 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL 8 Seat heater switch if so equipped P 2 37 or Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped P 2 38 9 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models P 3 21 10 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE switch if so equipped P 5 17 C 11 Heater and air conditioner P 4 24 Rear window defroster switch P 2 32 12 Audio system P 4 31 13 Power outlet P 2 40 14 Glove box P 2 42 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual se in 7 B9B I II 1 IB 1 Ventilator P 4 23 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so 2 Center display and multi function control panel equipped P 4 76 P 4 86 if so equipped P 4 3 or Instrument pocket if Front passenger air bag status light P 1 33 so equipped P 2 41 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 28 Navigation system if so equipped Fuse box cover P 8 22 Vehicle information and setting buttons if so Push button ignition switch P 5 8
30. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli gent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is discharged After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door SPA
31. The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or the exact equivalents 4 amp CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air con ditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service Your NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ37VHR Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 385 95 5 x 86 0 Displacement cu in cm 225 54 3 696 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 dle speed iPr No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing B T D C degree rom Spark plug Standard FXE24HR 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain ST10425 This spark ignition system complies with VQ37VHR engine the Canadian standard
32. The display will switch to the minute adjustment mode 5 Push the TUNE or SEEK button to adjust the minutes 6 Push the MENU button again to exit the clock mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 5 seconds To reset the minute to zero hold down the MENU button and then push the TUNE or SEEK button the time will be reset as follows e Incase the displayed minute is in the range of 00 29 the hour will stay the same and the minute will be reset to 00 e Incase the displayed minute is in the range of 30 59 the hour will be advanced by one hour and the minute will be reset to 00 For example if the MENU and TUNE buttons are pushed while the time is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be reset to 8 00 If pushed while the time is between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the previous audio mode 4 44 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems FM AM radio operation meam Radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the PWR button is pushed to ON If another
33. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 Booster seat installation 4 CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Auto matic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the front passenger seat a a SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat adjust the seatback so that it is upright and then move the seat to the rearmost position Do not move the seat with the booster seat attached to it Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints P 1 5 for head restraint adjustment removal and installation information If the seating pos
34. Wheels and tires P 8 30 NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the Break in schedule P 5 23 of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Printing September 2014 23 Publication No OM14E 0Z34U0 Printed in U S A TOOUM 1TG1D
35. and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch SCE0791 Apply parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic transmis sion models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmission models Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated GQ gt gt 5 6 4 CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that clamps do not contact any other metal Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started 4 CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again In case of emergency 6 15 6 16 After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable
36. and then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth gear changes be sure to fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and upshift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence accord ing to the vehicle speed To back up depress the shift knob and then move the shift lever to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely The shift knob returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1st Low gear shift to N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1st SynchroRev Match mode S MODE if so equipped for Manual Transmission models The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE auto matically adjusts the engine speed to match the selecting gear ratio while changing gears Precautions e Shift lever and clutch pedal operations are not different than a conventional manual transmission e Fully depress the clutch pedal Insufficient pedal depression may cause slow response of this system e When the clutch pedal is depressed with the gear still engaged the engine speed
37. any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may S SS0132B also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as prac tical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classifi cation sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 35 Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could in crease the risk of injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0007 SSS0006 fy WARNING e Never let children ri
38. by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door Models with navigation system The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See Vehicle information and settings models with navi gation system P 4 7 Coupe models INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag SPA2571 Coupe models Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Roadster models When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors and the rear hatch trunk lid by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s or the rear hatch trunk request switch within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode P 3 14 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure y
39. certification label Tire and Loading information label 8 31 9 13 Vehicle identification number VIN License plate Installing front license plate Light Air bag warning light 1 40 Bulb replacement Cargo area courtesy light it Cargo light 2 49 Headlights bulb Indicator lights Interior light control switch Interior lights Map lights Replacement Trunk light Vanity mirror lights Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 11 Xenon headlights 2 33 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 8 28 10 3 Loading information See vehicle loading information sscsssssscssssscsssseseesseeeeeneees 9 18 Lock Automatic door locks Door locks Power door lock Rear hatch lock Trunk lid Locking with mechanical key Low tire pressure warning ligh Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 Maintenance Battery General maintenance Inside the vehicle Maintenance indicators Maintenance precautions Maintenance requirements Outside the vehicle Seat belt maintenance Malfunction indicator light MIL 9 15 Manual front seat adjustment 1 4 Map lights 2 47 Master warning light Mechanical key Intelligent Key system Meter Trip computer 2 23 Meters and gauges a 2 5 Instrument brightness Control 2 36 Mirror Inside mirr
40. difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual The Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please contact a NISSAN dealer Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding battery charging cellular phone antenna etc This wireless hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth technology Frequency 2402 MHz 2480 MHz Output Power 4 14 dBm E I R P Modulatio
41. gt gt gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid Put the battery cover on In case of emergency PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing CAUTION e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged e Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS CAUTION e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic transmis sion models Move the sh
42. no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is 4 86 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communica tion and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is
43. seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pretensioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no da mage and continue to operate prop erly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement re commendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts de
44. the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function Main menu Phonebook Transfer Entry A Delete Entry List Names Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers P 4 89 for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth commu nication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from
45. the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Backing up near a projecting object The predictive course lines do not touch the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 course Settings Camera Predictive Course Lnes Display ot pred ctive course ire PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGS To turn ON or OFF the predictive course line display push the SETTING button select the Others key and then select the Camera key e Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned to ON the predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R Reverse Backing up behind a projecting object position The position is shown further than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position A The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up 4 22 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO ADJUST SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView monitor push the SETTING button with the
46. to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Next Name Use the Next Name command to move the next name of list Previous Name 0 Use the Previous Name command to move the previous name of list Recent Calls Main menu Recent Calls Outgoing A Incoming Missed Call Back B Use the Recent Calls command to access outgoing incoming or missed calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made from the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the missed calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the most recently received call Connect Phone NOTE Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Bluetooth Ott D Replace Phone Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure P 4 90 for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a lis
47. to play If a video file restricts the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display USA TUNE 2 fo dr Artist KKKAKXAXXXXX q Alem KAKKAR MKA Track HOGI leafs laf BI Folau Track Menu SAA2501 Audio file operation DISC AUX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode 4 60 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems s M447 Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the or ma button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while for warding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the or ma button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when
48. Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re Instruments and controls 2 11 paired by a NISSAN dealer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light P 2 11 WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive care fully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer 2 12 Instruments and controls Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately 4 CAUTION Do not co
49. CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Depos its from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s abil ity to help reduce exhaust pollu tants e Keep your engine tuned up Mal functions in the ignition fuel injec tion or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine mis fires or if noticeable loss of perfor mance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dama ging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warm ing it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inf
50. ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Front 18 x 8J Rear 18 x 9J Front 19 x 9J Rear 19 x 10J NISMO models _ Front 19 x 9 5J Rear 19 x 10 5J 17 x 471 18 x 4T 1 Offset in mm 1 69 43 0 59 15 1 85 47 1 18 30 1 57 40 0 90 23 1 18 30 0 0 Conventional Spare 1 if so equipped Technical and consumer information 9 9 Front 225 50R18 95W Rear 245 45R18 96W Front 245 40R19 94W Rear 275 35R19 96W NISMO models Front 245 40R19 Rear 285 35R19 T145 80D17 107M 1 T145 70R18 107M 1 Pressure PSI kPa Cold 35 240 2 38 260 3 Conventional 35 240 35 240 60 420 Spare T type 120 1 if so equipped 2 Coupe models 3 Roadster models 4 The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied 9 10 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS in mm Overall length 167 6 4 255 1 167 7 4 260 2 173 4 4 405 1 3 173 5 4 407 2 3 Overall width 72 6 1 845 Overall height 51 8 1 315 52 2 1 325 4 Front tread 61 0 1 550 5 mA A 3 4 5 6 60 6 1 540 6 61 2 1 555 6 3 Rear tread 62 8 1 595 5 61 6 1 565 6 62 2 1 580 6 3 Wheelbase 100 4 2 550 Without front license plate bracket With front license plate bracket NISMO models Roadster models 18 inch wheel models 19 inch wheel models WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHIC
51. Low 00 F Pout FEN EME FEH WARNING SHIPPING MODE ON PUSH STORAGE FUSE JVI0582X 2 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position 3 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid P 8 14 4 Door rear hatch trunk open warning ignition switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the rear hatch trunk are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the display 5 Loose fuel cap warning This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler cap P 3 34 6 Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on
52. M V S S C M V S S label The vehi cle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also re sult in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best a pa balance of tire wear vehicle handling P KAKA RK AO kPa XX PSI driveability tire noise etc up to the o TeSe Ms R AKREPA YKS vehicle s GVWR Tire size see Tire labeling P 8 33 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped area SAA SAAR AAA EEA URS AHE LOADING INFORMA TSH RINSE CG uEME ITS SUP LES PHE ET LE CHA WGEME Y x lr vod range shogld ene reseed ZE bor Ka Is L vi pu
53. MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 26 3rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 28 45 5th to 6th 33 53 Starting and driving 5 19 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th 5 20 Starting and driving MPH km h 15 24 25 40 40 64 45 72 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Gear MPH km h 1st 38 62 2nd 63 102 3rd 91 146 4th 5th 6th PARKING BRAKE 4 amp WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an acci dent To apply Pull the pa
54. NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit In case of emergency 6 3 CHANGING A FLAT TIRE for models sion into P Park with spare tire e Never change tires when the vehicle If you have a flat tire follow the instructions is on a slope ice or slippery areas below This is hazardous Stopping the vehicle e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and z 5 for professional road assistance away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse gear MCE0001A Manual transmission models 4 Turn off the engine Blocking wheels 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to Place suitable blocks at both the front and signal professional road assistance person back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat nel that you need assistance tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle A WARNING A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result
55. NISSAN re commended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to delete one entry from the phonebook After the system acknowledges a command say the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When playback of the list is complete the system returns to the main menu Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pushing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE Phonebook commands are not available when the vehicle is moving Main menu List names A Record Name Next Name Previous Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries to the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone paired
56. P 4 93 to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phonebook entry to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks the user to choose the location Once the name and location are confirmed the system begins the call Phone Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number 4 92 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems to call Refer to Making a call by entering a phone number P 4 91 for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing lf a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session Special Number To dial more than 10 digits or any special characters please say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number During a call During a call there are several command opti
57. PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the PWR button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume MENU MENU button Push the MENU button to change the selecting mode as follows BAS Basa gt TRE Treb el FAD Fade gt BAL Balance 1 Normal node CLOCK Push the TUNE 44 or b or SEEK ma or mr button to adjust Bass Treble Fade and Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Balance to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level push the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears normal mode Otherwise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after approximately 10 seconds Clock adjustment Push the MENU button until the CLOCK mode appears Then push the TUNE or SEEK button to select CLK ON or CLK OFF to turn the clock on or off CLK ON needs to be selected before adjust ing the clock display 1 Push the MENU button 2 Push the MENU button again The clock display starts to flash 3 Push the TUNE or SEEK button to adjust the hours 4 Push the MENU button again
58. RearView monitor on select the Display key on the screen and select the item key and adjust the level using the multi function controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to the R Reverse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView monitor mode However the radio can be heard When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunction When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment This is not a malfunction If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the RearView monitor may not display object clearly Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolora tion To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent an
59. Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage P 1 9 The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Front manual seat adjustment Forward and backward Pull the lever up 2 while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up 2 and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage P 1 9 The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplem
60. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dam pened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens Ay WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious per
61. Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing ona station while listening to SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a keypad Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs tle PLAY When the DISC AUX CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The following menu options are available e Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list e Tr
62. When the ignition switch is in the ON position e When the shift lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position 4 amp CAUTION Always keep the engine running while operating the soft top The top will also operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position but run the engine to prevent a discharged battery Be sure to follow the operating instructions and all the warnings and cautions in this section Improper operation of the top could cause a system malfunction damage or dete rioration of the top material and related parts 4 WARNING e Park the vehicle in a safe and level place and apply the parking brake e Make sure the area is clear of obstacles and there is enough clear ance over the top for example in a garage or a covered area More than approximately 6 6 ft 2 m from the ground is required to open or Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 close the top safely Otherwise the top may damage any objects above it while moving The top operating system could also be damaged Do not operate the top in a strong wind It could be blown by the wind striking someone or damage the top Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the top is being operated In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle with an open top Always use seat belts and proper child restraints 4 CAUTION Do not oper
63. Windows Vista based computer are not supported VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported File Systems DVD RW DVD RW DL USB Memory FAT16 FAT32 divx avi Video Codecs DivX3 DivX4 DivX5 DivX6 File Types Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM Video Codec ISO MPEG4 a C ee Bit Rates divx avi Resolution divx avi Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Bluetooth Audio player models with e While an audio device is connected through navigation system a Bluetooth wireless connection the bat Bluetooth is a trademark owned tery power of the device may discharge Bluetooth by Bluetooth SIG Inc and li quicker than usual censed to Clarion Co Ltd e This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP e Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communica tion and cause undesired noise It is i recommended that you turn off the wireless e Operating procedure of the Bluetooth LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth audio player will vary depending on the device Make sure it is understood how to operate an audio device before using it with this system e The Bluetooth audio player may be stopped under the following conditions Receiving a hands
64. after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Programming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retailer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Instruments and controls 2 53 NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following
65. and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slip pery surfaces and always drive care fully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recom mended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC warning light may illuminate Starting and driving 5 29 5 30 Starting and driving PERFORMANCE DAMPERS NISMO models 1 Front performance damper 2 Rear performance damper The performance dampers are installed in the front and rear parts of the NISMO models for improved handling and ride 4 WARNING e High pressure nitrogen gas is sealed inside the performance dam pers Do not attempt to modify or disassemble them e For disposal of the performance dampers or when scrapping the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Never burn or puncture the perfor mance dampers Incorrect disposal procedures could cause serious per sonal injury Starting and driving 5 31 COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated
66. and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT gt t 4 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways 4 WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely 4 CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed care fully If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen O If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 7 J Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constitu ents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain p
67. audio source is playing when the radio band select button is pushed the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception ue TUNE Tuning Push the TUNE button 44 or W for manual tuning r SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button ma or to tune from ow to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Select the desired station and push and hold the desired station preset buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now comp
68. beam Map light Daytime running light except for NISMO mod els Front parking light Front side marker light Front turn signal light Side turn signal light High mounted stop light Cargo light Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker back up light License plate light Rear fog light if so equipped ROADSTER Headlight high and low beam Map light Daytime running light Front parking light Front side marker light Front turn signal light Side turn signal light High mounted stop light Trunk light Cargo area courtesy light Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker back up light r O MNOAR WN gt a oO License plate light Rear fog light if so equipped a ot fone JVMO0140X Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A Headlight temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is HighiLow beams xenon D25 not a malfunction If large drops of water collect Front turn signal light 7444NA inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Front parking light Front side marker light Replacing et Side turn signal light Daytime running light except for NISMO models A WARNING Rear combination light back up A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a
69. before the set figure while driving and then illuminate after the engine speed reaches the set figure The engine speed for upshifting can be set on the vehicle information display See Trip com puter P 2 23 There may be a slight difference between the timing of the up shift indicator illumi nation and the tachometer indication Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if ne cessary Starting and driving 5 15 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake ped
70. display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Clock key The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 system Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour min Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Alaska 7 Comlor Fiaa j Sotlings Others Voice Recognit or Carrera Image Viewe j 15 G Aajusi comiat amp cawenierce settings JVH0308M Others settings The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key The following items are available e Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Camera Image Viewer
71. drive the vehicle The W light should turn off after a few driving trips If the w light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal er The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears may cause the amp Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder on the hook while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard LOOSE FUEL CAP warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following steps 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See Fuel filler cap P 3 34 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks Push the switch for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel cap Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3
72. driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the ra position The front parking side marker tail license plate instrument lights and daytime running lights except for NISMO models will come on Turn the switch to the 0 gt position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on However the daytime running lights except for NISMO models will turn off Instruments and controls 2 33 Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 4 2 P
73. engine speed may cause shift shock When depressing the clutch pedal with the gear engaged The engine speed is automatically kept at the proper engine speed for the engaged gear This function will not operate when low 1st gear is selected There is a delay between the clutch pedal operation and the S MODE operation Make sure the engine speed is adjusted before engaging the clutch again Upshift indicator The up shift indicator is located in the tach ometer and shows the driver the timing to shift into a higher gear by illuminating The use of the up shift indicator will help you to upshift at a constant engine speed from any gear The up shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed reaches about 500 rpm before the set figure while driving and then illuminate after the engine speed reaches the set figure The engine speed for upshifting can be set on the vehicle information display See Trip com puter P 2 23 There may be a slight difference between the timing of the up shift indicator illumi nation and the tachometer indication Suggested up shift speeds Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual up shift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change
74. following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration Use unleaded premium gasoline for max imum vehicle performance 4 CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because 9 4 Technical and consumer information this will damage the three way cat alyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate per centage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEC speci fications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this spe cification to improve emission system and vehicle performance Ask your service station mana
75. high voltage To prevent an turn signal stop tail side marker electric shock never attempt to modify Rear fog light if so equipped or disassemble Always have your xe License plate light non headlights replaced at a NISSAN Map light dealer For additional information see Vanity mirror light Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 Cargo area courtesy light Roadster 33 Cargo light Coupe Trunk light Roadster Use the same number and wattage shown in the High mounted stop light following chart as originally installed See a NISSAN dealer for replacement If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Map light 4m INSTALL Vanity mirror light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire P 6 3 TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly und
76. in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emission warranties For USA e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In formation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in ind
77. in personal e Make sure the parking brake is injury securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Re verse or the automatic transmis 6 4 In case of emergency Without subwoofer With subwoofer Getting the spare tire and tools Remove jacking tools A located under the cargo room trunk as illustrated For Coupe models unfasten the belts and lift the jack up to remove Models without subwoofer Remove the spacer and turn the retainer counterclockwise then remove the spare tire Models with subwoofer Remove the spare tire cover Turn the retainer counterclockwise remove the subwoofer DB and place it on the side of the cargo room with the flat surface facing down then carefully remove the spare tire Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire 4 WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is de signed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Donot start or run the engine while vehicle is on
78. indicates more than 280 F 140 C while driving reduce the engine speed RPM When the engine oil temperature is high the engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automatically decrease engine power Voltmeter When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the volt meter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is running it indicates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 to 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Clock If necessary adjust the clock on the setting screen of the vehicle information display See CLOCK P 2 26 If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Key system warning light Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Instruments and controls Master warning light Seat belt warning
79. injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage P 1 9 After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seat back is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased Ay CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position
80. light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light Cruise indicator light Exterior light indicator Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL ao OFF Rear fog light indicator light Security indicator light Soft top indicator light Roadster models SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indi cator Transmission position indicator Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped E sree or Sr TERE x The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped Faso ae E U amp If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Some indicators and warnings are also dis played on the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display P 2 18 WARNING LIGHTS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is
81. mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Others key and then select the Display key To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display Adjust ment key and then select each key Then you can adjust each item using the multi function controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting 4 56 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Sntlings Tap Menu 5 1 ch SAA2497 Playing a DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off automatically after a period of time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video You may also use the multifunction controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the multifunction controller or touch screen to select an item from t
82. of the belt does not cross the stomach e Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm e A booster seat must only be in stalled in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used e f the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated
83. on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 Settings Prone BO L EEEE l Eci Quick D al Delete Quick Dial Dowrload Phoneoook Yu ume amp Ringlone Auto Downloade Ada or ed t phonebook entries JVH0480X PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Quick Dlal To edit the Quick Dial use the same procedure as described in Quick Dial P 4 79 Delete Quick Dial The Quick Dial entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Download Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Blue tooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details Volume amp Ringtone The following kinds of phone volume can be set Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the Volume amp Ringtone key can also operate the same settings e Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone Incoming Call or Out going Call key and adjust it with the multi
84. on the lower glove box 4 CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery e Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may blow e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical acces sory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet STORAGE eerren ase INSTRUMENT POCKET except for na vigation system equipped models To open the lid push the knob up 4 To close push the lid down Ay WARNING Keep the pocket lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CUP HOLDERS 4 CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Instruments and controls 2 41 A cup ho
85. operate the top manually except for emergency cases Manual operation may damage the top e Be sure to fully open or fully close the top Do not release the switch half way through the roof opening or closing process If the top is only partially opened significant da mage to the top could occur Make sure the trunk lid is securely closed before operating the top WHEN OPERATING THE TOP fy WARNING Keep hands and other parts of the body away from moving parts such as the top storage lid side flap and power windows Ay CAUTION Keep all parts of the top linkage clear of obstructions or the top latch may not be securely locked NOTE In case of low battery or low tempera ture the top may temporarily stop moving during the operation This func tions to protect the top control me chanism and it is not a malfunction If the top is opened and closed repeat edly in a short period of time or the top operation is stopped while opening or closing the top operation may be automatically stopped to protect the system Wait for approximately 5 min utes before operating the top again Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 SPA1691 Soft top indicator light The soft top indicator light in the instrument panel shows the conditions of top operation The light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or if it is stopped before reaching the fully opened or closed position When the top is fully opene
86. or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv
87. phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC if so equipped Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio comp
88. quality grading sssesssesessseseesessseseesseesseesees 9 21 REE e NALET S E E TA 9 21 Traction AA A B and C sssssssssssrsssrersrrersrrrenrrresrrreesn 9 21 Temperature A B and CO uence 9 22 Emission control system Warranty vcs 9 22 Reporting safety defects csecsesssesersessesesseeseesssenseesees 9 23 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test 9 24 Event Data Recorders EDR scsssssssessssssecssesseestesssesseesses 9 24 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 25 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 19 gal 15 7 8 gal 71 9 See Fuel information P 9 4 Engine oil 1 Drain and refill With oil filter change 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 9 e Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent 2 LU Engine oil with API Certification Mark 3 Without oil filter change 4 7 8 qt 4 qt 4 6 m Viscosity SAE 5W 30 3 Cooling system 340 With reservoir 9 5 8 qt 8 qt 9 1 Automatic transmission model Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Lorg Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or noe With reservoir 9 3 4 qt 8 1 8 qt 9 2 equivalent Manual transmission mod Se Reservoir 7 8
89. remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 3 fy WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with un der inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driv ing after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Con
90. selects the wrong entry from using the List Names command See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function the phonebook P 4 93 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 98 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See NISSAN voice recognition Standard Mode P 4 99 for details For advanced operation you can use the Alternate Command Mode See NISSAN voice recognition Alternate Command Mode P 4 110 for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK 4 switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve
91. shift mode P 5 14 AT models e TIMER Select this submenu to specify when the TIMER indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK CLOCK Clock adjustment can be set on this menu e SETTING Adjust the time hour and minute of the clock on the triple meter e RESET Select this submenu to set the time quickly to the previous or next hour MAINTENANCE The maintenance intervals of the following items can be set or reset for the reminders OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK OPTIONS The 3 option menus can be set to your preference LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English or French for display UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit from US or METRIC EFFECTS Select this menu to set the dial effects described below to on or off The indicator needles sweep in the meters when the engine is started To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK
92. slideshow e _ Stop Select the 7 key to stop the slideshow e Cm Next Select the 2 gt key to display the next file e _ _ Previous Select the key to display the previous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are available for the full screen display e Slideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key From the following display select the changing time from 5 10 30 60 seconds or No Auto Change e Slideshow Order Select the Slideshow Order key From the following display select Random or Order List For Order List the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory Operating tips e Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg jpeg Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 15 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 Maximum Images per Folder 1024 If an electronic device such as a digital camera is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be displayed on the screen If the file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100
93. that points and are aligned Hold the license plate bracket and mark the nye points on the bumper facia through the D center of the holes B with a felt tip pen J nul 4 Remove the license plate bracket N eee Step 5 Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes and using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the Mourituiy nolos drill only goes through the fascia Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add a 90 turn onto the part 9 16 Technical and consumer information 8 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 9 Install the license plate bracket with the screws 10 Install the license plate with bolts that are not longer than 0 55 in 14 mm When the recovery hook is used you need to temporarily remove the front license plate and bracket from the vehicle See Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle P 6 21 for further details REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS except for NISMO models Left side This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors in front of the front wheels The deflectors will change the air flow to help improve aerodynamic performance When transporting your vehicle on a trailer the air deflectors may interfere with a steep slope to a trailer bed In this
94. that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec tion For additional information see Engine cooling system P 8 8 BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery P 8 15 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Engine cooling system P 8 8 5 32 Starting and driving TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement How ever the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi tions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of n
95. the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the Dis play Adjustment key The following settings are available e Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the 43 OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the z3 OFF button e Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness and contrast using the multi function controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual For Roadster models Depending on the drivers seat position the display could be hard to read Adjust the brightness and contrast of the display on the setting screen Color Theme Choose the theme color of the menu screen from Black Blue or Red Settings Clock On screen C otk Tork Format 24n Offse1 hour Oar Offset min Daylight Savings Time Time Zone Eastern vE Clock settings The
96. the Volume amp Beeps key Audio Volume To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume and adjust it with the multi function controller You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume select the Guidance Volume and adjust it with the multi 4 12 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems function controller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being announced Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see Bluetooth hands free phone system models with naviga tion system P 4 76 Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations NOTE When the voice guidance is being an nounced during audio playback turning the volume knob does not adjust the music level it adjusts the guidance volume level If voice guidance is not being heard please check the Guidance Volume level Settings Dis olay Display Adjuslment Blak Go or Theme Display settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting
97. the hand held transmitter button During program ming your hand held transmitter may automati cally stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink button while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every two seconds until the fre quency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful program ming DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful programming Proceed with Programming HomeLink to complete step 3 Remember to plug the device back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVER SAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the programmed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT ING If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area fac
98. the ELR mode When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see Child restraints P 1 18 The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension 4 WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with dry purchasing an exte
99. the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 Instruments and controls 2 21 3 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 7 TIMER indicator This indicator appears when the set TIMER indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See Trip computer P 2 23 8 Low outside temperature warning This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 8 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See Trip computer P 2 23 9 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warning This warning appears if a system malfunction occurs When the warning appears the S MODE function will not operate but the manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 10 Extended storage fuse warning This warning may appear if the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in switched on When this warning appears push in switch on the extended storage fuse switch to turn off the warning For more information see Extended storage fuse switch P 8 23 2 22 Instruments and controls MAINTENANCE olL Se aa MAINTENANCE EXIT MAINTENANCE TIRE FILTER MAINTENANCE FEM OTHER MAINTENANCE INDICATORS 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or re
100. the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades 4 CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm 4 while pushing the release tab to remove 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 4 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove 4 CAUTION After wiper blade replacement re turn the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not retur
101. the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle For Roadster models The voice recognition system cannot be oper ated when the soft top is not closed NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to complete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system Settings Others Comfort Language amp Un ts Voice Renagailion Image Viewer Ad ust voice recagn tian seitings Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 Settings Voice recognition Command Lisl User Guide Speaker Adaptation Allernale Gor mand Moda Minmize Ya ce Feedback C
102. the se verity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition Starting and driving 5 7 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH 4 WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for manual transmission model 5 8 Starting and driving Meee RIA ALERA OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engin
103. the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual METERS AND GAUGES Pst CoN ire ENTER NEXT switch P 2 23 Fuel gauge P 2 8 Warning Indicator lights P 2 10 Tachometer P 2 7 Speedometer P 2 6 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 36 Vehicle information display P 2 18 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 7 Transmission position indicator if so equipped P 2 17 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indica tor if so equipped P 5 17 MEE 11 12 13 14 y 0 MEE SSI0521 0 Odometer Twin trip odometer control knob P 2 6 Odometer Twin trip odometer P 2 6 Engine oil temperature gauge P 2 8 Voltmeter P 2 9 Clock P 2 9 P 2 26 4 CAUTION For cleaning use a soft cloth dam pened with water Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discolora Instruments and controls 2 5 2 6 tion to the lens Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction Instruments and controls SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer 4 and twin trip odometer 2 are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer reco
104. the top vce Opening the top using the Intelligent Key Troubleshooting guide csscsessseessesssesesserees 3 27 If the top does not open or close electrically 3 28 Care of the soft top and the vehicle body 3 32 Front side and rear unique parts NISMO models 3 32 Fuel filler door Opening the fuel filler door Fuel filler cap Tilt steering 0 Manual operation SUN VISOFS nsss Mirrors Inside mirror Outside mirrors Vanity MiO asiain yniens iiih KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by a NISSAN dealer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Intelligent Keys 2 sets 2 Mechanical keys inside the Keys 2 sets 3 Key number plate 1 set INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo nents As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The n
105. the vehicle or the EDR OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Man uals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Technical and consumer information 9 25 MEMO 9 26 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System Advanced air bag system Air bag system Advanced air bag SyStem ssssssrsssssssessseessess 1 33 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 35 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag SYSTCM ceeeeeeseseesseesesseestesniens 1 38 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag system Air
106. two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 2 54 Instruments and controls MEMO Instruments and controls 2 55 MEMO 2 56 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys Intelligent Key Valet hand off 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 4 Locking with mechanical key sscecseesessesessetesseessees 3 4 Opening and closing windows with the mechanical key Locking with inside lock knob Locking with power door lock switch utes 3 5 Automatic door locks Intelligent Key system Intelligent Key operating range wees 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution sssssssisrsrrireresrsssssesererrerere 3 8 Intelligent Key operation Battery saver system 3 11 Warning signals 3 11 Troubleshooting guide 3 12 Remote keyless entry System ccssesesssersecsesssesesseesseesneeaes 3 13 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 13 FOO EEA EEE T 3 16 Rear hatch Coupe models ssssssssssessssecsessneesssessesessees 3 17 Rear hatch opener SWItCH wo 3 17 Secondary rear hatch release scsi 3 18 Trunk lid Roadster models Trunk lid opener switch Trunk release power cancel switch Interior trunk lid release Secondary trunk lid release Soft top Roadster models Before operating the top When operating the top Opening the top Closing
107. upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 2 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light 4 WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light e is located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON positi
108. use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD DVD Digital Versatile Disc player models with navigation system Do not force a com
109. voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e f you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK amp switch for 1 second The message Voice canceled will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Remem ber to speak after the tone e f you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the follow ing examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instea
110. when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the side or side 4 58 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression automati cally adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corre sponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode Select the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR A Select the PG or PL mode USB MEMORY OPERATION models with navigation system Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unin tentionally Pulling the cable may da
111. will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible amp Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery When the vehicle dynamic control warning light illuminates when the vehicle dynamic control system is turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for example the vehicle dynamic control system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Vehi cle Dynamic Control VDC system P 5 29 of this manual INDICATOR LIGHTS euse Cruise indicator light Cruise main switch indicator This light illuminates when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light turns off when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light illuminates the cruise control system is operational See Cruise control P 5 21 Cruise malfunction If the cruise indicator light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise co
112. with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associated with it When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record Name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with 4 94 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone B List names A Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the m button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record Name command in this section for information about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronouncing s Record name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags
113. without navigation system Bluetooth streaming audio Booster seats Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS Brake and clutch fluid Brake fluid Brake system Parking brake operation Warning UG ME costatenstcscsss aactsenuseotennanedanstiee nt Break in schedule Brightness control Display ON OFF button 4 7 Instrument panel 2 36 Bulb check instrument panel 2 11 Bulb replacement 8 26 c Cabin air filter 4 30 Capacities and recommende 9 2 Car phone or CB radio 4 75 Cargo COVER 2 44 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 CD CF USB memory care and cleaning i 4 72 Center multi function control panel models with navigation system a 4 3 Child restraints 1 18 Booster seats 1 24 Precautions on child restraints 1 18 Top tether strap 1 19 Child safety 1 15 Chimes Audible reminders 2 17 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 14 Circuit breaker Fusible link 8 22 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 5 Clock 2 9 2 26 Clutch fluid 8 13 Cockpit 2 3 Cold weather driving 5 32 Compact Disc CD changer audio SYSTEM seesecesssstsscesssetecsersstesseesnnessersnteesernneteees 4 49 Compact Disc CD player See audio SYSTEM eesccsssetecsecsetteseessntecseenneteeeeeneeee 4 45 4 54 Compact Spare tiro aisian 8 39 Console BOX iar knieeen enik Coolant Capacities and recom
114. 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank SERIE After a few driving trips the 8kf light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists Instruments and controls 2 15 If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for Inspec tion Maintenance I M test P 9 24 Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The KF light should turn off after a few driving trips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage 1 Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h 2 16 Instruments and controls 2 Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration 3 Avoid steep uphill grades 4 If possib
115. 2252B 1 LOCK button 2 UNLOCK button f 3 PANIC button 2m HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors and rear hatch trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode P 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Locking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid 3 Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors the rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Unlocking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK A button on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments All doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will be locked automatically unless one of the following operati
116. 4 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades gt M 1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel economy e Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succes sion e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear or may automatically shift to the other gear This helps maintain driving per formance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control e When the transmission does not shift to the selected gear the Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light on the instrument panel will blink and the buzzer will sound e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Upshift indicator The up shift indicator is located in the tach ometer and shows the driver the timing to shift into a higher gear by illuminating The use of the up shift indicator will help you to upshift at a constant engine speed from any gear The up shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed reaches about 500 rpm
117. 4 9 Information Engine Oil D RoG 17000 1G F Intera Cemmo Revinder Resel Dislance Q Borg 12007 10 ON miles 1 Set the interval mileage of the maintenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 2 To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key 3 Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 4 To return to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button P 4 11 Maintenance Engine il Mainienance due for Push IMFO anc select maintenance ic harge Tos selling Example The Reminder will be automatically displayed when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions e Select the Reset Distance e Deactivate the Reminder e Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked 4 10 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information r Orbos GP
118. 45 To open the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key See Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 To close the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position Q then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors and trunk lid The switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors and trunk lid push the power door lock switch to the lock position Q with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door and trunk lid When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors the fuel filler door and the trunk push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockou
119. 5 TILT STEERING 4 WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrest rained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS MANUAL OPERATION Tilt operation Push the lock lever 2 down and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Pull the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 4 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position Manual anti glare type The night position 4 will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours 4 WARNING Use the n
120. 7 lt WW d LY 2 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT AND ROOF DOOR MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMEN TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails Coupe or upper side of the door trim Roadster These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag operation When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cush
121. A tone will sound Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Phone Number The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For example 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Num ber See How to say numbers P 4 89 for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands P 4 92 Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the ii button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the ams button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the sa button on the steerin
122. AN Advanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag e Roof mounted Coupe models or door mounted Roadster models curtain side impact supplemental air bag e Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system for Coupe models This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Door mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system for Roadster mod els This system can help cushion the impact force to the heads of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the
123. AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spe cified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 21 fy WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 22 Technical and consumer information fy WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or
124. AND DRIVING fy WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent op eration of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Coupe mod els Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s 5 2 Starting and driving access to car keys Roadster mod els If the engine oil temperature is high the engine protection mode which helps re duce the chance of engine damage could activate and automatically decrease en gine power Driving while the engine oil temperature is high may result in engine damage EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide 4 WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless car bon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause uncon sciousness or death e If you suspect that exhaust fumes are enterin
125. After the check The soft top stops halfway during opera Ounds twice oft top place the ignition switch in the OFF position start the tion engine again and then operate the soft top The battery voltage is low Start the engine again and operate the soft top When the vehicle is being driven the beep Sounds continu i p Immediately park the vehicle in a safe location and sounds ously The soft top is partially opened fully open or fully close the soft top operate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN OR CLOSE ELECTRICALLY If you cannot operate the soft top with the operating switch first check whether all the following operating conditions are met vehicle is stopped ignition switch is ON Run the engine when operating the top the trunk is closed the shift lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position If the top still does not move under the above conditions or has any system malfunction see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible When you must close the top by yourself in the event of emergency or when an immediate dealer service is not available close the top manually accord ing to the procedures shown in this section When closing the soft top manually e Move the vehicle to a safe place away from traffic e Two people should perform this procedure as some of the top parts are extremely heavy The top cannot be opened manually 3 28 Pre driving checks an
126. CK to ACC to update the channel list SAT ISGHALH ne SEEK TRACK wt Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control 1 DVD CD EJECT button 7 FMAM band select button Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON 2 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 8 RPT repeat RDM random play button position and then push the ON OFF button 3 Radio station preset select buttons 9 SAT satellite button while the system is off to turn on the last audio 4 DISC AUX auxiliary button 10 Radio CAT category REW rewind button for source which was playing immediately before 5 Radio TUNE tuning folder selector AUDIO SEEK TRACK the system was turned off While the system is control knob 11 FF fast forward button for SEEK TRACK on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system 6 Radio SCAN tuning button off 4 52 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see How to use SETTING button
127. D f button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END as button to select a different language Press the 4 button For information on selecting a different language see Choosing a language P 4 90 If the connected phone is already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite Follow the instructions provided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the f button The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that speaker adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The SA mode will stop if The 4 button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle is driven during SA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs you to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial30429 delete call back number Incoming Transfer entry 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7 delete all entries call 72409 phonebook delete entry next entry dial star 2 170 yes 4 96 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems no select Missed dil8 5692 Bluetooth on Outgoing
128. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN for Coupe models Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ib 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child restraint with a harness Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You 1 15 should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child restraint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat be
129. LE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsi bility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION is STI0612 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment Technical and consumer information 9 11 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engin
130. Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System SRS sscceiecccceccsscsccaisesssssetcestntsshcecssessenecestupnicucnestasnters 0 2 Coupe models Roadster models Exterior front Exterior rear Coupe models Roadster models Exterior NISMO models c ssssssessesssesssessesssessecssesseessesseesseeses 0 7 Passenger compartment Coupe models Roadster models Cockpit Instrument panel Meters and gauges Engine compartment VQ37VHR engine model Warning and indicator lights SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS COUPE MODELS 1 2 3 4 0 2 Seat belts Page 1 9 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 39 Head restraints P 1 5 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags P 1 28 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental Illustrated table of contents air bags P 1 28 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 28 Child restraint anchor point for top tether strap child restraint P 1 19 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor P 1 33 Front seats P 1 2 ROADSTER MODELS 1 Ls Seat belts P 1 9 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 39 Head restraints P 1 5 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags P 1 28 Door mounted curtain side impact supplemental ai
131. N Make sure to hold the rear top to avoid the front and rear parts separat ing Otherwise the top may be da maged d Pull down and slide the storage lid to close while holding the rear soft top from the right and left side of the vehicle 4 CAUTION Make sure to close the storage lid completely The storage lid may contact the soft top and damage it e Close the front and rear parts of the soft 4 Lock the front part of the soft top top at the same time as illustrated a Remove the cap as illustrated b Insert a suitable tool located in the trunk into the hole and turn clockwise 4 CAUTION e After closing the top manually have the system checked and or repaired by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for long periods or driving at high speeds The rear of the top is not Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 locked completely and this may allow wind and rain to get into your vehicle CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE VEHICLE BODY To use your Roadster safely and comfortably you need to observe all the warnings and cautions shown in the previous pages Also to maintain a good appearance of the soft top and the vehicle body you need to care for them by cleaning and or washing properly Ay CAUTION e Donotuse an automatic car wash or a high pressure car wash to clean your vehicle The top may be da maged and water may leak into the inside of the v
132. N directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information e Your name address and telephone number e Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side e Date of purchase e Current odometer reading e Your NISSAN dealer s name e Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care
133. NICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Displayable character codes 3 Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS Folder levels 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 38 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 5 Models with navigation system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and
134. OCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged Instruments and controls 2 49 TRUNK LIGHT Roadster models The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light turns off 2 50 Instruments and controls HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is dis connected HomeLink will retain all pro gramming When the HomeLink Universal Transcei ver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink P 2 51 4 WARNING e Donotuse the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufactured aft
135. PER LEVEL and LOWER battery fluid can cause a higher load LEVEL 2 lines on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion e When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry e Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill 1 Remove the cell plugs 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting A CAUTION P 6 14 If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced e Do not ground accessories directly Contact a NISSAN dealer to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery SDI1480E The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL battery and controls voltage generated by the line generator If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK
136. S Pusition Voie Recogatian Sows curen GPS stawa Others information The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and selecting the Others key GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see NISSAN Voice Recognition System models with navigation system P 4 99 Savings Navigatior Volume amp Beeps Audio Display Plone Check Bluetooth i Others Treble Balarse Face Speed Srnsitive Val ALEJE HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Example Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the multi function controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Speed Sensitive Vol The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol and adjust the effect level with the multi function controller The Spee
137. Satellite Radio subscription The sa tellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and 4 48 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception 4 TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Push the TUNE button manual tuning e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Push the TUNE button or to seek channels from all of the categories when any CAT is not selected CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button or to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category gt or G for SEEK tuning CATEGORY During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NOSIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active
138. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The three point type seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation Pull the seat belt out until it is fully extended to activate the ALR mode Detach the seat belt tongue from the buckle and retract the seat belt completely to cancel the ALR mode and revert back to
139. Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition e Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Voice Recognil on Booo E W Poor W Navigation 48 Iolorvalion WY Aucio Hal Alternate Gor mand Made ON To exil hold Lhe TALK switch Giving voice command 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a 1 Push and release the TALK amp switch command located on the steering wheel f 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3 speak a command Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is G e The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the steering wheel e f the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again 4 120 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Repeat the command in a clear
140. _ 60 PSI force the valve stem sideways or air will escape lf the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Roadster models except for NISMO mod els COLD TIRE INFLATION PRES SURE 225 50R18 260 kPa 95W 38 PSI FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE 245 40R19 240 kPa 94W 35 PSI 245 45R18 260 kPa REAR ORI 9gw 38 PSI GINAL 96W 35 PSI SPARE D17 107M 60 PSI R18 107M _ 60 PSI NISMO models COLD TIRE INFLATION PRES SURE NAT 245 40R19 240 kPa TIRE 98Y 35 PSI iapa mate 285 35R19 240 kPa tire 22 35 PSI SPARE T145 70 420 kPa TIRE R18 60 PSI Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the side wall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental character istics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety stan dard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 P215 60R16 94H 215 1 216 R t t 2 4 Example Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this
141. a dea i E ions e Operation is subject to the following two Adds or Edis the Bluetooth Phores and Audio Devices conditions 1 ae device may not cause interference SAA2EO5 2 This device must accept any interfer Connecting procedure ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 1 Push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations 4 64 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Bluetooth Senings Blictooth Connecled Dey ces Edit Gluetoath Infa Replace Coonecled Phore 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key E Ara you con acting a Bluetooth device 12 use with the handslrea phone syste n Fer audio devices plazse select Na Yes A confirmation screen will be displayed Select No Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device 4 Delete ok Choose a PIN code to use with the compatible Bluetooth audio devic
142. a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may 7 4 Appearance and care damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film 4 CAUTION e When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conduc tors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately wash it off with clean water Roadster models WHEELS Wash the
143. ace heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag sys tem Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious perso nal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For exam ple do not change the fron
144. ack List Displays the track list e Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with com pressed audio files 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with com pressed audio files gt hell 44 Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the or ma button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the or 44 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played fom REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Normal 1 Track Repeat 1 Dise Random CD with compressed audio files pee 1 Folder Hepeal 1 lack Repeat 7 1 Folder Random 1 Disc Random CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back in
145. ack label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the gre
146. ain on If the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in switched on the SHIPPING MODE ON PUSH STORAGE FUSE warning may appear on the vehicle information display See Warnings and alerts P 2 21 If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT NOTE If the extended storage fuse switch mal functions or if the fuse is open it is not necessary to replace the switch In this case remove the extended storage fuse switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating How to remove the extended storage fuse switch 1 To remove the extended storage fuse switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position Replace the battery as follows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction e Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom case
147. al Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the multi function controller I Play Select the key to start playing when pausing Select this key again to pause the audio play Il Pause Select the u key to pause the Bluetooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose the preferred play mode from the following items e Shuffle Choose Shuffle OFF Shuffle All Tracks and Shuffle Group e Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks and Repeat Group Settings Bluetoot Bluetooth Gornerct Blueth Connecled Dev ces Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Ceanecled Phore SAA2511 Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Con necting procedure P 4 64 Up to 5 devices can be registered Center display heater air conditioner audio phone an
148. al restraint SyStemM ssssssssssssssssssssssssrerrrsrrsrrrsrrerren Switch Autolight switch Fog light switch Hazard warning flasher switch Headlight switch Ignition switch Ignition switch manual transmission modele Power door lock switch Rear window defroster switch Tachometer Temperature gauge temperature gauge Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start Three way catalyst Tilt steering 2 29 10 5 Tire Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Sealant Tire replacement indicator Tires Emergency tire puncture repair kit 6 8 Flat trna na o an NENON 6 3 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Spare tire ssseccssssesssesersseessseesssneessee 8 39 Tire and Loading information label 8 31 9 13 Tire chains Tire dressing Tire pressure Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Tire rotation Types of tires Uniform tire quality grading Wheel tire size Wheels and tires Tonneau cover see cargo cover Top Soft top sssecssesessesessneeessneeesssees m TOUGH Sreo Mhara ea teea asdair arakan ni iian Towing Flat towing 21 Tow truck towing 6 18 Towing a trailer 9 20 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 TPMS Tire pressure warning system 6 3 Trailer tOWINg sssssssssssssssssessrsrrnsrrsrrrerreeneee k Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 50 Transmissio
149. al cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen MENU OPTIONS The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed push and hold the menu control switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it 4 6 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Meru Opions Destination Roule lita Setlings SAA2476 Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SETTING button Ligh Sengiciy ty 2 bed Light Off Delay i Se Speed Sensing Wiper Interval HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus To select each key item highlight the preferred item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button
150. al course line Vehicle width guide lines e The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right because the RearView camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle Indicate the vehicle width when backing up 4 18 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects e When backing up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge dis tances to other objects The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course 1 Visually check that the parking space is safe 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the before parking your vehicle steering wheel so that the predictive course 2 The RearView of the vehicle is displayed on lines enter the parking space the screen as illustrated when the shift 4 When the back of the vehicle enter the lever is moved to the R Reverse position parking space maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicl
151. al depressed and the shift lever button pushed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover A using a suitable tool 5 16 Starting and driving 4 Push down the shift lock using a suitable tool as illustrated 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible MANUAL TRANSMISSION 4 WARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage Ay CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may da mage the clutch Fully depress the clutch pedal be fore shifting to help prevent trans mission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into an appropriate gear
152. all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions Ay WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck 4 CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and drivetrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies must be used 6 18 In case of emergency e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see Flat towing P 9 21 of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN except for NISMO models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expen
153. an XX hig TE Is p FT Mae O PXNXINZ RKK EAN Du XX PAI PEKA GES AKN YX Ti XX PSI TARR SAREE MAM 4Ha AX PSI Tire and Loading Information label Original size The size of the tires Seating capacity The maximum num originally installed on the vehicle at the ber of occupants that can be seated in factory the vehicle Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load this pressure when the tires are cold ing information P 9 18 Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 tion shown on the Tire and Loading Coupe models except for NISMO models Information label COLD TIRE 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too INFLATION much air is added press the core of the PRES valve stem briefly with the tip of the SURE gauge stem to release pressure Re 225 50R18 240 kPa check the pressure and add or release FRONT 95W 35 PSI air as needed ORIGINAL 245 40R19 240 kP 6 Install the valve stem cap TIRE e ae bart 7 Check the pressure of all other tires 245 45R18 240 kPa including the spare REAR ORI 35 PSI i GINAL i TIRE 275 35R19 240 kPa Checking the tire pressure 96W 35 PSI 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the T145 80 420 kPa tire SPARE D17 107M _ 60 PSI 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto TIRE T145 70 420 kPa the valve stem Do not press too hard or R18 107M
154. ance and ensure the future reliability and econo my of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommenda tions may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application e Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible e Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible Maintain constant speed e Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops e Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops e Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel effi ciency Use air conditioning A C at higher vehicle speeds e Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load e Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag e Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at economical speeds an
155. and handheld transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices to be programmed may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the Pro gramming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers P 2 52 JVI0429X 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indicator light e If the indicator light is solid contin uous programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and re leased e If the indicator light Q blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps Instruments and controls 2 51 4 At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual 5 Press and release the learn or smart but
156. and hold the 43 OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation information for your convenience Infomation The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle TA FO Wearter Info See the following for details Manlenanvas Mas Uodale l Where un Navigalior Version Traic Inte l Others Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel 2 Select an item from the INFO menu 3 After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for the following items Where am I Traffic Info Weather Info Map Update 4 8 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Navigation Version When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Navigation Version key is displayed after selecting the Others key Informai on Fue Economy Distance lo Empty avg Fuel Econ Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Econ 26 0 Fue Fae History MPG Infurmat on Fuel Coo History Reset In
157. and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 DRIVE BELTS VQ37VHR engine Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor ga PpoON gt Drive belt auto tensioner fy WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unex pectedly 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt condition checked regularly SPARK PLUGS 4 WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely 4 amp CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs AIR CLEANER cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth AX WARNING e Operating the engine with the air REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing Iridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenan
158. ants 9 2 Fuel information cscesssessesseesesseesesseesseeaes 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ccseeseee 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations uu eee 9 7 Specifications Engine Wheels and tires Dimensions When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY ssiri aieiaiei en 9 11 Vehicle identification sesssesrsesssusureorsnrnrerernnreeerssnnreersssnreni 9 11 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate ssee 9 11 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 11 Engine Serial number ssscessecssesseesesseesseeserseeseeeseesseess 9 12 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label cscscseseseseee 9 12 Tire and Loading Information label 0 9 13 Air conditioner specification label cscscseseseeseeseees 9 13 Installing front license plate Except for NISMO models For NISMO models uu csseesessesseeseessesstessesseesseeseeseesnenss Removing air deflectors except for NISMO models cssessssssessssssecssessecssesssessesssecsessnecseessecsseessessss 9 17 Vehicle load capacity Loading HPS keai ieaiai Measurement of weights sssssssrsussrrrsrrsnsrrnrerennnnrnnse 9 20 Towing a trailer Flat towing Automatic transmission s ssssessessssissrsssrisriesresnrsereerreereen 9 21 Manual transmission ssssssssssssrsessesrserssreerinsrrsnirresnrsenren 9 21 Uniform tire
159. anually using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen P 4 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 EACEA G Sctings amp Quick Dial Entry 1 David 111 111 1111 Name Numbe Type Voeelag JVH0476X 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system 6 Select the Store key and prepare to speak the name after the tone 7 When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the phonebook entry 8 After the phonebook entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Press the BACK button to return to the Quick Dial There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options instead of Enter Number by Keypad in step 3 Copy from Call History The system will show a list of incoming outgoing or missed calls that were down loaded from the connected cellular phone depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial Copy from the Handset The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial 4 80 Center display heater air co
160. ar away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the man ufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN deal er Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system fy WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so 4 CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless tech nology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone
161. armrest The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch Defrosting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun rear of the vehicle visor and pull up the cover Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 39 MEMO 3 40 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Safety mote ssc cet Ee teat Tc ei 4 3 Center multi function control panel models with NAVIGATION SYSTEM aeesseescsseseessseecessteessntecesneeessateesseeeesneeesneeeete 4 3 How to use multi function Controller wc 4 4 How to use touch screen Menu options How to select menus on the screen oes 4 7 Vehicle information and settings models with navigation system eeeessescsstcssseecesteesseteceseeeessateessneeesnteeeneeeete 4 7 How to use STATUS button 0 4 7 How to use brightness control and display ON OFF button sses How to use INFO button How to use SETTING button RearView Monitor models with navigation system 4 17 How to read displayed lines scssesssesesseesseeseeseeseese 4 18 How to park wit
162. ary jacks are color coded for identifica tion purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the jacks push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display switches to the AUX mode The output from the device will be played through the monitor and audio system AUX amp Ment Display Mode Volume Setlings Dis play AUX Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while in the AUX mode the menu screen will be displayed Display Mode Choose the display mode from the following items e Normal e Wide e Cinema Volume Settings Choose the volume setting from the following items e Low e Medium e High Display Adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory e Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB memory e Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory e Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations e Do not expose the USB memory to direct SAA0451 sunlig
163. at a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work see Maintenance precautions P 8 6 EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed se
164. ate the top when the temperature is below 32 F 0 C This may result in damage to the top material or operating system Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the top and dry the surface of the top completely before 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments opening it Do not open the top when it is wet or damp This may cause interior water damage stains or mildew on the top material Be sure to turn off the rear window defroster switch Never turn it on while the top is being operated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material SPA2691 4 CAUTION Do not place any objects between the top cloth and the structure Doing so could interfere with top operation and cause damage to the top operating system or the objects Do not place anything on the top and the storage lid Even small items may interfere with the top operation and could cause damage to the top or the vehicle body e Do not place anything in the top storage area The top will not fit there properly and this could da mage the top and or the vehicle body e Do not sit or place excessive weight on the top and the storage lid especially when the top is being operated The top may be damaged e Donot drive the vehicle with the top partially opened Always make sure the top is either fully opened or closed before driving e Secure items so that they cannot be blown from the vehicle while driving with the top open e Do not
165. atest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 FOR GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna 9 6 Technical and consumer information JVT0159X tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temper
166. ating the system To activate the S MODE push the S MODE switch A The S MODE indicator on the tachometer will show S To deactivate push and hold the S MODE switch for more than 1 second The S MODE indicator will turn off While the S MODE is off you can drive the vehicle as a conventional manual transmission model Note that the status of the S MODE on or off is memorized even after the ignition switch is turned off however it will be initialized off when the battery is disconnected The transmission position indicator shows the selected gear N Neutral 1 2 3 4 5 6 R Reverse SynchroRev Match mode S MODE op eration The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE auto matically adjusts the engine speed by controlling the engine throttle The accelerator pedal does not have to be depressed The system detects the clutch pedal and shift lever operations and then calculates the target engine speed using the shifting gear position and the vehicle speed information The system provides accurate engine speed control that helps achieve quick gear shifting and reduces shift shock on clutch engagement e When downshifting The engine speed is automatically increased to the target engine speed before the clutch is engaged e When upshifting The engine speed is automatically kept after the engine speed lowers to the target engine speed Rapid clutch engagement before the engine speed lowers to the target
167. ats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 collisions Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See Supplemental air bag warning light P 1 40 for more details If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the seat belt preten sioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration
168. atures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS
169. bag warning labels Air bag warning light Air cleaner housing filter Air conditioner Air conditioner Operation cece Air conditioner service Air conditioner specification label Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations In cabin microfilter Air deflectors Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security system Alcohol drugs and driving Anti lock Braking System ABS Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 11 Appearance care Exterior appearance care Interior appearance care Audible reminders Audio operation precautions Audio system Steering wheel audio controls Autochanger Compact Disc CD 4 49 Autolight system 2 34 Automatic Air conditioner Type A 4 25 Air conditioner Type B 4 28 Automatic adjusting function front windows 2 47 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Door locks vers Driving with automatic transmission EAE 5 12 AUX Auxiliary button 4 51 Auxiliary input jacks 4 70 Avoiding collision and rollover 5 6 B Batterye ssadssisacntssscrsvsesd cabeuiatdaacsidavestcendanentabiabaiaee 8 15 Battery saver system Intelligent Key Variable voltage control system Before starting the engine Belts See drive belts Bluetooth hands free phone system models with Navigation SYStEM sessssscseeeees 4 76 Bluetooth hands free phone system models
170. be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which may take up to one minute If the m button is pushed before the initialization completes the system will accept any com mand Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the follow ing e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice command To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition push and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the microphone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted e f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and 4 88 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not re
171. be used in this vehicle Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints P 1 5 for head restraint adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 SSS0360B Front facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing SSS0651 Front facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0652 Front facing step 5
172. blades Maintenance precautions ssscssessesseserseesseesesseesesseensenses Cleaning Engine compartment Check locations ssesssssesesseenenees 8 7 Replacing VQ37VHR engine model uu 8 7 Brakes Engine cooling system 00 8 8 Self adjusting brakes Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Brake pad wear warning Changing engine coolant FUSES sscecsssssestudposionensinesipeaasvaas Engine oil Engine compartment Checking engine oil level sssssssssusssss111rrrrrnssnrsssenssesnrnn 8 10 Passenger compartment Changing engine oil and filter 8 10 Intelligent Key battery replacement Automatic transmission fluid Lights Coupe Roadster Headlights sick 8 14 Exterior and interior lights Power steering fluid Brake and clutch fluid Brake fluid Clutch fluid Manual transmission models Window washer fluid ccsesesseeseeseseeseeeesees 8 14 Wheels and tires 0 Battery Tire pressure JUMP STAMINO cesscsnssessanssassssesessnnesonivacsninoaesivonsnennaiusncsesacsosin 8 17 Tire labeling Types of tires Tire chains Changing wheels and tires 8 37 Emergency tire puncture repair kit if so equipped MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle s good me chanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled
173. bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover 7 2 Appearance and care WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 4 CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo nents causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to func tion properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Donot wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged e For Roadster models observe the following
174. cal3 1902 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8 cancel call back number call star 2 O 9 5 delete phone dial8 3051 Record Name 4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0 delete redial number phonebook list names call80541 correction setup main menu dial 74018 memo pad delete delete dial9 7266 call76301 e go back e cal56280 e dial66437 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands P 4 92 The system fails to interpret the command correctly 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker Adaptation SA mode P 4 95 1 Ensure that the phonebook entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by The system consistently
175. case remove the deflectors from the undercover of the vehicle 1 Loosen three screws as shown and remove the left side air deflector 2 Tighten the removed screw original position in its 3 Perform the same procedure to remove the right side air deflector Store the two air deflectors and four screws to reinstall in the reverse order When reinstalling make sure all six screws are firmly tightened on both air deflectors Technical and consumer information 9 17 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION fy WARNING e Itis extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehi cle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo 9 18 Technical and consumer information GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of optional equipment passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage h
176. ce schedule in NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones Remove the retainers 4 as illustrated and pull out the filter element The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide for maintenance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine back fires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse
177. cepted Please follow the prompts given by the system e f the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e To exit the voice recognition system push and hold the TALK amp switch The mes sage Voice canceled will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Remem ber to speak after the tone e f you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six si
178. cognition key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 5 Highlight an item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system e Lets Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from NISSAN
179. cognized Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also push and hold the s button for 5 seconds on the steering wheel at any time to cancel the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the 4 button on the steering wheel e To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the f button and after the tone say Call Redial Note The combined com mand of Call and a Name cannot be used How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below e Either zero or oh can be used for O Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh o
180. crew the hose securely onto the tire valve Make sure that the pressure release valve is securely tightened Make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF O position and then insert its power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle In case of emergency 6 SCE0871 Push the ignition switch to the ACC position Then turn the compressor switch to the ON position and inflate the tire up to the pressure that is specified on the tire and loading information label affixed to the driver s side center pillar if possible or to the minimum of 180 kPa 26 psi Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure lower the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure release valve NOTE The compressor tire pressure gauge may show a pressure reading of 87 psi 600 kPa for about 30 seconds while inflating the tire The pressure gauge is indicating the pressure inside the sea lant can When the sealant has been injected into the tire the pressure gauge will drop and indicate actual tire pressure 4 WARNING To avoid serious personal injury while using the emergency tire puncture repair kit Securely tighten the compressor hose to the tire valve Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin Do not stand directly beside the damage
181. cted grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 33 MEMO 5 34 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Push starting If your vehicle overheats Hazard warning flasher switch Emergency engine shut off Plat te aa r aaa Towing your vehicle Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Towing recommended by NISSAN except for Changing a flat tire for models with spare tire 6 4 NISMO models esssssssssssssssssssseeeeetstssssssseeeettstnnsssetet 6 19 Repairing flat tire for models with emergency tire Towing recommended by NISSAN puncture repair kit NISMO models wists 6 20 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 21 J mp Starting diaesaet HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi g SIC2574 tions All turn signal lights will flash 6 2 fy WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the high way unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard In case of emergency to other traffic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with th
182. cupants and cargo add the weight of all occu pants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration Available cargo and luggage load 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 b 7O kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and fan ol luggage load capacity 30 Ib x4 120 Ib 280 kg 15 kg 680 Ib 60 kg 200 8 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this r
183. curely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated as the front tires are a different size from the rear tires and the direction of wheel rotation is fixed in each tire Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qua
184. d Sensitive Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed DivX Registration Code The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated Display Album Cover Art When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing iPod or MP3 music files through a CD DVD or USB memory When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings For details of the Phone settings see Blue tooth hands free phone system models with navigation system P 4 76 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Bluetooth settings For details of the Bluetooth settings see Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system P 4 76 or Bluetooth streaming audio models with navigation sys tem P 4 63 Setlings Volume amp Boups Audio Volume Guidarce Velie Riagtore Incomirg Call Oulgoing Call Use volume kaob Lo adjust during olayback Example Volume and Beeps settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting
185. d adjustments 4 WARNING e Do not drive with the top partially opened e If the top cannot be operated prop erly see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible to have your vehicle checked 4 CAUTION The storage lid is extremely heavy The storage lid should be manually opened or closed by two people Open the trunk lid In the event of a discharged battery the secondary trunk release mechanism should be operated See Secondary trunk lid release P 3 20 Open the top storage lid a Remove the board 2 inside of the trunk by removing the clips b Pull the lock release cables right and left as illustrated then close the trunk lid NOTE Use a cloth or other tool to protect your hands when pulling on the lock release cables c Pull up the storage lid from the left and 3 Close the soft top right side of the vehicle by hand a Pull up the top simultaneously from the right and left side of the vehicle while A CAUTION holding the storage lid Make sure to close the trunk lid before opening the storage lid The storage lid may contact the trunk lid and damage it Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 b When the rear top is pulled up from the storage area one person must hold the storage lid and another person must pull up the soft top c Pull up the top using both hands holding the rear top as illustrated 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 CAUTIO
186. d conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the AUTO button on 2 Push the A C button The A C indicator will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the sgp front defroster button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the fan speed control dial and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the ty front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per
187. d controls 2 7 GiereleleloRonelohelelelenelere FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers E Empty The low fuel warning fH appears on the vehicle information display when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E The bi indicates that the fuel filler door is 2 8 Instruments and controls located on the passenger s side of the vehicle 4 amp CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the Sa malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL P 2 15 Triple meter 1 Engine oil temperature gauge 2 Voltmeter 3 Clock TRIPLE METER Engine oil temperature gauge Oil temperature as well as the rate of temperature change will vary based on ambient conditions and driving patterns Under normal operating conditions oil temperature will remain below 280 F 140 C If the engine oil temperature gauge
188. d distances e Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where legally allowed can improve fuel effi ciency due to reduced aerodynamic drag e Maintaining a safe following distance behind other vehicles reduces unneces sary braking e Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes e Select a gear range suitable to road conditions Use cruise control e Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed e Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the shortest route e Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time Avoid idling e Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves Starting and driving 5 23 fuel and reduces emissions 8 Buy an automated pass for toll roads e Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting 9 Winter warm up e Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy e Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving e Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 10 Keeping your vehicle cool e Park your vehicle in a covered parking
189. d of zero Please speak zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK amp switch during a phone call e The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the following guidance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the multi function controller the selected digits will be sent Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 Settings Voice recognition Setlings Spea lt er Adaptation Sevings Speaker Adapiaion Command Lisl 1 Phore Gommanas User Guide Cem Speaker Adaptation tere LEE Nawgatian Canmanda Information Commands Audis Cor m r ds Help Commands D Allernale Cor mand Moda Minmize Ya ce Feedback Syatem earn ng made tor rece tion inprosement Store delete ar edit voice data dar User 1 SAA2551 Speaker adaptation function for Alter 4 Select the user whose voice is memorized 6 Select a category to be learned by the nate Command Mode by the system system from the following list 5 Select the Start Speaker Adaptation Learn e Phone Commands The voice recognit
190. d on the tire and loading information label before driving If the tire pressure drops repeat the steps from 5 to 9 If the pressure drops again or under 130 kPa 19 psi the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer The sealant bottle and hose can not be reused to repair another punctured tire Contact a NISSAN dealer to purchase replacements After repairing tire See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair replacement as soon as possible 4 WARNING After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h Immediately after using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer to inspect and re pair or replace the tire The Emer gency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured tire Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash If you used Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure In case of emergency 6 13 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the e Whenever working on or near a instr
191. d or closed the light will turn off The light blinks while the soft top is not fully opened or closed under the following condi tions e When the vehicle is driven e When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position Be sure to fully open or close the soft top when 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments driving the vehicle When the soft top is operating and any of the following conditions occur the top will stop operating e When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position e When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3 MPH 5 km h or more When the battery voltage is extremely low When the temperature of the soft top system becomes extremely high Release the soft top operating switch and push the switch again to move the top to the fully opened or closed position The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top operation is completely finished If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the ignition switch ON whether the top is operated or not and when the top is engaged it may indicate the top operating system is not functioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Automatic window lowering When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered completely The windows do not rise automatically after the top operation is com pleted Use the power window switches to raise them OPENING THE TOP 1 2 S
192. d restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 4 amp WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may red
193. d then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTILATORS CENTER VENTILATORS Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER recirculation to allow fresh air into the A WARNING Passenger compartment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or SIDE VENTILATORS animals Open or close and adjust the air flow direction e Do not use the recirculation mode of ventilators as illustrated for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the heater and air conditioner system NOTE e Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air condi tioner unit Odor can enter the passen ger compartment through the vents
194. d tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of the rupture If there are any cracks or bumps turn the compressor off immediately If the tire pressure does not increase to 180 8 kPa 26 psi within 10 minutes the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer When the tire pressure is at the specified amount turn the air compressor off If the pressure cannot be inflated to the specified amount the air compressor can be turned off at the minimum of 180 kPa 26 psi Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve Attach the protective cap and valve cap Properly stow the emergency tire puncture repair kit in the trunk Ay CAUTION To avoid serious personal injury when stowing the emergency tire puncture repair kit e Keep the sealant bottle screwed into the compressor Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes or 3 km 2 miles at a speed of 80 km h 50 MPH or less 9 10 After driving make sure that the air com pressor switch is in the OFF position then screw the hose securely onto the tire valve Check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge The temporary repair is completed if the tire pressure does not drop Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the pressure that is specifie
195. d to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued Modifying or disassembling is prohibited Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc Dolby and the double D mark m are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc e DTS and DTS 2 0 are registered trademarks of DTS Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD e CD DA Conventional Compact Disc e DTS CD USB Universal Serial Bus models with navigation system WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury 4 CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unin tentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The veh
196. d voice recognition systems 4 67 Connected Devices Registered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available e Select Select Select to connect the selected device to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the selected device will replace the current device e Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen P 4 4 e Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth cellular phone For de tails about Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system P 4 76 iPod PLAYER OPERATION models with navigation system Connecting iPod A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury 4 amp CAUTION e Donot force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into
197. d while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving con ditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road condi
198. d you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the na or 30 position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch is in the ea or g0 position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off after a period of time when the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the na or 2 gt position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position 4 amp CAUTION e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system except for NISMO models The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the sa position Turn the head light switch to th
199. de unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints P 1 18 for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The seat belts side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Coupe models door trim Roadster models Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats to A WARNING extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags and roof mounted Coupe models or door mounted illustra
200. ded Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 4 Close all doors hood and rear hatch trunk Lock all doors and trunk Roadster models The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and rear hatch l
201. depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light P 2 13 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 4 WARNING e Ifthe low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire P 6 3 for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a
202. dio Ole Play Bars Narmal 1OKey Search Display DRC I gt JO el Audio E Play Mode VF Example Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files e Play Mode Select the Normal or 1 Track Repeat play mode e 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified folder file will be played Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle Select the preferred language for subtitle Display Mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema or Full mode Bluetooth STREAMING AUDIO mod els with navigation system Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth Streaming Audio If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio A2DP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth device and the in vehicle audio system This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth d
203. distances on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal Starting and driving 5 27 surfaces even with ABS Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label P 9 13 of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires P 8 30 of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each 5 28 Starting and driving wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up St
204. dren Precautions on seat belt usage Pregnant women Seat belt cleaning Seat belt extenders Seat belt maintenance Seat belt warning light and chime 2 14 Seat belts Seat belts with pretensioners Three point type Seat s Climate controlled seats 2 38 Heated seats 2 37 Seats 1 2 Secondary rear hatch release Secondary trunk lid release Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start Security system Vehicle security system Shift lever Shift lock release Shift lock release Transmission Shift P warning Automatic Transmission models v ceesscssessessssssesssestsstesessseeseeees Shifting Automatic transmission Manual transmission Soft top Care and cleaning If the top does not open o or close Opening using the Intelligent Key 3 26 Soft top indicator light Soft top operation 3 21 Spare tire 9 9 Spark plugs 8 18 Speedometer 2 6 Starting Before starting the engine Jump starting Precautions when starting and driving Push starting Starting the engine STATUS button Status light Front passenger air bag Steering Power steering fluid Power steering system Steering wheel mounted controls for audio Storage Sun visors Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Supplemental restraint system Precautions on supplement
205. driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts P 1 9 for instruc tions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system fy WARNING e The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower se verity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 35 e The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in
206. driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE If the soft top stops halfway during operation or does not operate normally follow the procedures shown in the following table If the procedures in the following table do not solve the symptom immediately contact a NISSAN dealer for the inspection Possible soto The OPEN side of the soft top operating switch is Push the CLOSE side of the soft top operating i pushed while the soft top is fully open or the switch when the soft top is fully open Push the Sounds twice CLOSE side of the soft top operating switch is OPEN side of the soft top operating switch when the pushed while the soft top is fully closed soft top is fully closed Shift the shift lever to the P Park or N Neutral The OPEN side of the soft top operating position automatic transmission models only or shift switch is pushed but the soft top does not Sounds twice The shift lever is in the R Reverse position the shift lever to the N Neutral position manual transmission models only and then operate the soft top The trunk lid is opened Fully close the trunk lid Does not sound The battery voltage is low Start the engine again and operate the soft top Does not sound The operation stops to protect the system Wait for approximately 5 minutes Check that an object is not trapped inside the rear s Sounds twi Objects are trapped in the moving structure of the parcel shelf side flap and soft top
207. dure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the pro cedure the procedure will be cancelled Main menu Connect Phone A Add Phone Initiate from handset Name phone Push the gf button on the steering wheel The system announces the available com mands Say Connect Phone A The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main menu Call AY Phone Number speak digits Dial Push the 4 button on steering wheel
208. e PHONE screen will appear on the display Select the Phonebook key on the PHONE menu Select the desired entry from the list Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Phone Proncbook ELKE Phonebook 0 15 E xxx XKKXXKXNXNX Delea One Del Phone Neo JVHO495X 5 Select the Call key to start dialing the number There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Phonebook in step 2 above e Quick Dial Select an entry stored in the Vehicle s Phonebook e Call History Select an outgoing incoming or missed call downloaded from your cell phone depend ing on your phone s compatibility e Dial Number Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen P 4 4 4 82 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone o i Tul Angwer Hold Gal Incoming Gall 0 00 KEKXNEXNENX Reject Cal SAA2525 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below 1 Select the Answer key 2 Push the PHONE button on the instrument pa
209. e gt position for full illumina tion when driving at night However the daytime running lights will turn off If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position 4 WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Instruments and controls 2 35 SIC3981 Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the zna 3 or AUTO position with the autolights activated Push the upper A or lower switch to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights when driving at night 2 36 Instruments and controls TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn on the rear fog light turn the headlight switch to the gt position then turn the fog light switch to the position The switch returns to t
210. e When parking set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air 4 24 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Stalus Audio OFF a 75 ano sal For the models with navigation system push the STATUS button to display the heater and air conditioner status screen See How to use STATUS button P 4 7 A u p fan speed control dial Temperature control dial The display of degrees 60 75 90 is used for F US 18 25 32 is used for C Canada Air flow control dial A C air conditioner button Intake air control button agc gt outside air and f air recirculation u rear window defroster button See Rear window defroster switch P 2 32 H ato O 9 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER Type A In your vehicle the air conditioner system is designed to automatically activate the cooling function when operating the air flow control dial the fan speed control dial or the sa lt gt intake air control button The indicator light on the A C button will illuminate Push the A C button off when the cooling function is not necessary Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to con
211. e as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety The emission control information label is at Standards F M V S S C M V S S certification tached as shown label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is at Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as tached as shown illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 13 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE EXCEPT FOR NISMO MODELS Use the following steps to mount the license plate Step 4 Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag License plate bracket J nut x 2 Screw x 2 Screw grommet x 2 Park the vehicle on flat level ground Locate the two dents A on the front bumper Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in Step 2 Sipe T 10 mm drill bit Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia Barnper
212. e center pillar Stowing the damaged tire and tools Coupe models 1 Securely store the damaged tire and jacking tools in the storage area Place the spare tire cover and the cargo room carpet over the damaged tire Close the rear hatch In case of emergency 6 7 4 amp WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop e The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires P 8 30 REPAIRING FLAT TIRE for models with Roadster models emergency tire puncture repair kit Securely store the jacking tools in the storage area 4 WARNING Place the spare tire cover and trunk room carpet back in the trunk and then close the trunk lid e After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h e Immediately after using the Emer gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture take your vehicle to a Securely store the damaged tire according to the following procedure as illustrated 1 Put the damaged tire in the plastic bag stored in the trunk 2 Move the passenger seat forward and then place the damaged tire wrapped in the NISSAN dealer to inspect and re plastic bag behind the seat pair or replace the tire The Emer 3 Move the pa
213. e following section is applicable when Alter nate Command Mode is activated When Alternate Command Mode is activated an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the TALK 4 switch In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See examples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recog nition success rate try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode P 4 122 Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance Settings Others Scttiags Voice Recognition uc Information e Yaice Recegnition ECEE Comfort l Language amp Unts User Guide Gonmand Lint Image Viewer G Woice Recag wlan Alierrate Command Mode User Guiac 2 2 Ad ust wore recagn tian settings Change the mode ot wa ne cecoagrities Display the cecomands ot vine recagnition vie Activating Alternate Command Mode 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument When the Standard M
214. e ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see Warning indicator lights and audi ble reminders P 2 10 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 3 4 WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanent
215. e installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when re commended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle because the front tires are a different size than the rear tires
216. e radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button Q to until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels List AM and FM radio When the List key on the display is selected while the FM or AM radio is being played the preset station list will be displayed If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset Menu SiriusXM Satellite Radio When the Menu key on the display is selected while the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available e Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset e Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE SEEK CATEGORY or Menu Categories feature 4 54 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played
217. e slot to protect it SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of the CDs will be played for 10 seconds in sequence Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning continues to move to the next CD track AUX Auxiliary input AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer AUX AUX Auxiliary button Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack When the AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack the audio system does not change to the AUX mode the AUX button is invalid NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini plug cable when connecting your music device to the audio system Music may not play properly when a monaural cable is used 4 46 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 14 DISC button 15 RPT repeat button 16 AUX auxiliary button 17 RDM random button 18 AUX IN jack 19 TUNE the CH channel or FOLDER FF REW button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion preca
218. e the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see Cleaning exterior P 7 2 Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed 4 WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For man ual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neutral For auto matic transmission models move the shift lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per forming any parts replacement or repairs e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized com ponent while the ignition switch is in the ON posit
219. e using the number input screen The PIN code will need to be entered into the Bluetooth audio device after step 5 Select the OK key Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Seinge Connect Bluctagih XXX Stan connecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIM is XXXX Cancel ease inpul passkey 5 The standby message screen will appear Operate the compatible Bluetooth audio device For the connecting procedure of the audio device see the Bluetooth audio instructions When the connecting is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display Blactocth Audio Are XEXKRRKEXK Altur AEXR KERR Track ARAARARB AS BhnFlr OC Repeal OFF 0 11 Menu Play M Pause Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing push ing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast forward rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device 4 66 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems muy DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button i
220. e when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine The cargo trunk room area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function LOCK ACC ON t ae ea SSD1021 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal automatic transmis sion model or the clutch pedal manual transmission model the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates Push center four times to return to ACC Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition swi
221. e width guide lines parallel to the parking space Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic Transmission models or in an appropriate gear Manual Transmission models and apply the parking brake DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different from the actual distance between the vehicle and dis played objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on 4 20 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on
222. eception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any mal function in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGMAL DISTANCES e FM 26 te 89 miles 49 to 48 km e AM 60 10 190 miles 97 10 299 km FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect o
223. ecome shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see Intelligent Key battery replacement P 8 24 As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer 4 CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical compo nents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intel ligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is comple tely dry If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Donotplace the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a mag netic field such as a TV audio equipment personal computer or cellular phone If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proced
224. ect contact with used en gine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available See Owner s Manual Service Man ual order information P 9 25 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by a NISSAN dealer JVMOO86X VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 7 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Transmission 1 Fuse fusible link holder models 2 Battery 8 Power steering fluid reservoir 3 Radiator filler cap 9 Window washer fluid reservoir 4 Engine oil dipstick 10 Air cleaner 5 Engine oil filler cap 11 Drive belt location 6 Brake fluid reservoir 12 Engine coolant reservoir Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The ant
225. ed OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classifica tion sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 35 for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact a NISSAN dealer Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated
226. ed for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription The sa tellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 32 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems DIGITAL AUDIO Compact Disc CD player e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before
227. educes the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights P 9 20 Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Information label Technical and consumer information 9 19 LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR Ay WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shift ing Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured car go could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury 9 20 Technical and consumer information e Overloading could not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and perso nal injury Failures caused by overloading are not cove
228. edure 4 CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at Starting and driving 5 11 moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start When racing the engine up to 4 500 rpm or more under no load condition the engine will enter the fuel cut mode 5 To stop the engine shift the shift lever to the P Park position AT model or move the shift lever to the N Neutral position MT model and push the ignition switch to the OFF position NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 5 12 Starting and driving
229. eed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs 5 6 Starting and driving including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts P 1 9 of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowl
230. eer the vehicle to avoid obstacles 4A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then oper ates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is require
231. eesesnnseseesnees Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Warning labels Air bag warning labels Warning light Air bag warning light Anti lock braking system warning light Brake warning light Intelligent Key system warning light Low tire pressure warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Warnings and alerts vehicle information isplay sssssssesssessesneessnteceesnees 2 21 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 22 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch Washing Waxing Wheel tire size 9 9 Wheels and tires 8 30 Care of wheels 7 4 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 5 Window washer fluid 8 14 Window s Automatic adjusting function Cleaning essseeesseees Power windows Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades Xenon headlights 2 33 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL INFORMATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as
232. ehicle e Store the vehicle with the top closed if it is not to be used for long periods Keeping the top stowed for long periods may cause wrinkles on the surface of the top See Cleaning exterior P 7 2 for detailed instructions 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments A protective clear tape is applied to the top storage lid painted surface where the soft top contacts the surface When the top is fully closed the tape may transmit some light visible from the inside of the vehicle This does not affect the water and air tightness of the seal The inner surface of the trunk and top storage lids may show a fibrous or marbled pattern This is the normal appearance of the material used in these parts FRONT SIDE AND REAR UNIQUE PARTS NISMO models SPA2647 The NISMO models have the following unique parts on the front side and rear of the vehicle Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter Side sill extensions Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser e Large diameter exhaust pipes These parts are close to the ground and may be damaged if they contact objects such as curbs parking blocks etc 4 amp CAUTION Reduce vehicle speed to decrease the possibility of damaging these parts when e driving on bumpy or rutted roads e entering or exiting parking garages and driveways e driving over speed bumps Ay CAUTION The approach and departure angles are small Reduce vehicle speed when the ve
233. enance 8 3 8 3 Glove box 2 42 Hands free phone system Bluetooth models with navigation system s sssesssses1sss 4 76 Hands free phone system Bluetooth models without navigation system Hatch Rear hatch Hazard warning flasher switch Head restraints Headlights Bulb replacement ssssssssssssssssssrsirisrrerrrerenrnnnrnnsee 8 28 Headlight switch Xenon headlights Heated seats Heater Engine block heatet cecsssese Heater and air conditioner operation HomeLink Universal Transceiver Ignition switch Manual transmission models Immobilizer system In cabin microfilter Indicator lights Inspection maintenance I M test Instrument brightness control Instrument panel Instrument pocket Intelligent Key Intelligent Key battery Intelligent Key removal indicator Intelligent Key system Battery replacement Intelligent Key system warning light Key operating range Key operation Warning signals Interior light control switch Interior light replacement Ischarge inaicato Interior trunk lid release iPod player operation K Keyless entry See remote keyless ONY SYSTEM ahri ieira denen 3 13 For Intelligent Key system L Labels Air bag warning labels Air conditioner specification labe Emission control information label Engine serial NUMBbEr ssssssssssessssess111 F M V S S C M V S S
234. ensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair and replacement of these sys tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag mod ule and pretensioner system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner system cannot be repaired e The front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be in spected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If you need to dispose of the supplemental air bag or preten sioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appro
235. ental restraint system Seat lifter if so equipped Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position HEAD RESTRAINTS 4 WARNING Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may pro vide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint Lumbar support if so equipped has been removed If the head restraint The illustration shows the seating positions was removed install and properly ad equipped with head restraints The head re The lumbar support feature provides lower back A traint diustabl support to the driver just the head restraint before an occu straints are adjustable l pant uses the seating position Failure Indicates the seating position is equipped Move the lever Q up or down to adjust the to follow these instructions can reduce with a head restraint seatback lumbar area the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Components 1 2 3 4 Head restraint Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks Adjustment Adjust the head restrai
236. equipped The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo area hidden from the outside To use the cargo cover pull it out and hang both sides on the hooks 4 located on the inside of the rear hatch 2 44 Instruments and controls SIC3990 To remove the cargo cover unit stow the cover and pull the holder to the opposite side 44 WARNING e Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop e Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is da maged If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is at tached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment loca tion If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether an chor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that con tacts the top t
237. equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear When replacing a front tire make sure that the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely fy WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tigh tened to specifications at each lubrica tion interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres sure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver sid
238. er CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing 4 amp WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 4 If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is nor
239. er April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmit ter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless car bon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause uncon sciousness or death PROGRAMMING HomeLink If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio fre quency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view JVI0428X 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button
240. er inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light P 2 13 Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys tem TPMS P 5 3 and Tire Pressure Mon itoring System TPMS P 6 3 Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling 4 WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F
241. etely in the shade before using them See Seat belts P 1 9 44 WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing Appearance and care 7 7 CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists or where road salt is used 7 8 Appearance and care Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the d
242. ether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS 4 WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the win dow lock switch to prevent unex pected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols and become trapped in the window Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled The power window switches will be deactivated during soft top operation Roadster models Locking passengers window When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Window lock button Main power window switch driver s side To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Instruments and controls 2 45 SIC3241 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or c
243. evice using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio files using the AVRCP Blue tooth profile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automatically reconnect whenever the device is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 Bluetooth functions Bluetooth trademark j j Bluetooth is a trademark owned Regulatory information 9 Bluetooth by Bluetooth SIG Inc and li Bangs FCC Regulatory information censed to Clarion Co Ltd a e CAUTION To maintain compliance with Navigatior Volume amp Beeps FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only puso Bias the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage l Plone Gluck i transmitter and may violate FCC regul
244. ew keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo nents when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled Contact a NISSAN dealer 4 CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelli gent Key is a precision device with a built in transmitter To avoid dama ging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is com pletely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C degrees the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures ex ceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set personal computer or cellular phone Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing
245. ff objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception if so equipped When the satellite radio is us
246. file names should be in compliance with the specifications Cannot play Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty it takes ase latiialy long time befor If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Music cuts off or skips Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright when playing protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the a
247. formance Manual operation Fan speed control Turn the fan speed control dial to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the cs intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light lt gt will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode ty Outside air circulation Push the cs intake air control button to change the air circulation from the intake air to the outside air The indicator light g will turn off Automatic air intake control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually control the intake air push the g intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the g intake air control button for approximately 2 seconds The indicator lights will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to Air flows from center and side ventilators Ta Air flows f
248. free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone e Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wire less connection disruption e Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system e It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Blue tooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Blue tooth audio player functions 4 42 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Noor oON gt FM AM radio band select button CD EJECT button CD button Station and preset select buttons Audio display AUX auxiliary button MENU button SEEK APS automatic program search FF fast forward APS REW rewind button RDM random button PWR power button VOL volume control knob SCAN tuning button AUX IN jack RPT repeat button 14 TUNE FF REW button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions P 4 31 Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and then push the
249. fter use Replace the recovery hook cover except for NISMO models or the front license plate for NISMO models Ay CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehi cle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc e Never tow a vehicle using the vehi cle tie downs or recovery hooks In case of emergency 6 21 Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recov ery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward 6 22 Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive automatic transmission models or 1st and R Reverse manual transmission models In case of emergency e Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion
250. fting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Re verse while vehicle is moving for ward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rear ward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident 4 CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmis sion in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the trans mission When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control Shift lever To move the shift lever gt Push the button while depressing the brake pedal EE Push the button gt Just move the shift lever Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the shift lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button fy WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Fail
251. function controller e Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held e Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call 4 84 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Auto Downloaded When this item is activated the phonebook of a hands free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands free phone is connected TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See NISSAN Voice Recognition System models with navigation system P 4 99 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone The system fails to interpret the command 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to correctly use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately The system co
252. g hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth The climate controlled seat has air filters Do not operate the climate controlled seat without the air fil ters This may result in damage to the system When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not Operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 39 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH SSD1161 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will illuminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system P 5 29 2 40 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET Center console a wT Lower glove box SIC3985 The power outlet is located in the center console and
253. g the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear hatch trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the rear hatch trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the lt gt air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident invol ving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants 4 WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system com ponents e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire 4 amp
254. g wheel to reject the call Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main menu Gall Phonebook Recent Calls Gonnect Phone When you push and release the gf button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the commands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available anytime the system is waiting for a response A menu item can also be selected by scrolling the display with the SEEK switch and entering by pushing the y button If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at anytime the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response Call Main menu Call Speak Name Phone Number speak digits Redial Call Back B Speak Name If there are entries stored in the phonebook a number associated with a name and location can be dialed See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function
255. ger if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxygenate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methano
256. gt 3 4 qt 0 8 Automatic transmission fluid _ Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 4 Maral Gansninsion deano _ Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF 9 HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 For AT models API GL 5 Synthetic Gear Oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 5 Differential gear oil ie For MT models Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 9 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 6 Except for NISMO models Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 7 or equivalent DOT3 Power steering fluid PSF Brake fluid Maintenance and do it yourself section For NISMO models Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il 10 11 Clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II 10 12 or equivalent DOT4 Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base HFC 134a R 134a 8 Air conditioning system lubricants San ae NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid 4 3 4 4 45 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see Engine oil P 8 10 for changing engine oil 9 2 Technical and consumer information 2 NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available at a NISSAN dealer 3 For additional information see Engine oil and oil filter recommendation
257. h or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred e Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero You can say Star for and Pound for at any time in any position of the phone number Available only when using the Special Number command Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say pound for Say star for available when using the Special Number command and the Send command during a call Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number See Making a call by entering a phone number P 4 91 and List of voice com mands P 4 92 for more information en NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The
258. h a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 37 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select the desired heat range e For high heat push the HI side of the switch e For low heat push the LO side of the switch e The indicator light will illuminate when the heater is on 3 To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure that the indicator light turns off 2 38 Instruments and controls The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS if so equipped SIC2771 The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other The surface temperature of the climate con trolled seats is automatically controlled at an optimum temperature However adjust the temperature u
259. h in the na or 0 gt position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Instruments and controls 2 17 Parking brake reminder chime A chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 18 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display displays the warnings and information OPERATIONAL INDICATORS 1 Engine start operation indicator Automatic transmission models This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by JVI0351X pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the key needs to be inserted into the key port For example the Intelligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the key i
260. h predictive course lines uu 4 18 Difference between predictive and actual distances Predictive course line settings How to adjust screen Operating tips Ventilators Center ventilators Side ventilators Heater and air conditioner oo ecteseetesteeeteteeteneeteneetenes 4 24 Automatic air conditioner Type A sssr 4 25 Automatic air conditioner Type B Operating tips In cabin microfilter Servicing air conditioner Audio system Audio operation precautions FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player 4 43 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD changer FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player aneii iieii aa nE 4 52 DVD Digital Versatile Disc player operation models with navigation system sss sssessrsessisresrrren 4 56 USB memory operation models with navigation system Bluetooth streaming audio models with Navigation System esesssesessesssessneeesneeesnseesnteeesnteees 4 63 iPod player operation models with Navigation System ssesssesesssessseesneeesnteeesneeesneeesneeees 4 68 Auxiliary input jacks models with Navigation System ssessssesssesssseessneeesneeesnteesnteeesneeees 4 70 CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning 4 72 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio 4 73 PAAGI n aTe E eOe PEPEE EE EEE EE 4 74 Car phone or CB radio w ceecceeeseesseeseeseeseeseesstesesstesneesees 4 75 Bluetooth hands free phone system
261. hange the mode atwa oe vacagriticn 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The indicator turns off and the Standard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands Informad orn e User Gu de Goting Started Let s Pracuce Q Using Iha Address Book Find ng a Street Address Placing Cals Help on Speakirg VE SAA2531 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the User Guide key Select a preferred item IAN You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system 4 100 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Lets Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutor
262. haust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 3 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 4 WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical sys tem or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI pro te
263. he ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM 4 amp WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft na vigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door and rear hatch trunk lid locks using the remote controller function or pushing the re quest switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system 4 CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system tran
264. he Address Book Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book 4 104 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination e Information Command Command lacion SSCS Fuel Economy isplays fuel economy information D Maintenance Displays maintenance information Ti Traffic Information urns the traffic information system ON and OFF Where am isplays your current location e Audio Command e General Commands Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 Voice command examples To use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function speaking one command is sometimes sufficient f F Voice Recegnil on but at other times it is necessary to speak two or ye a more commands As examples some additional am basic operations by voice commands are Pune described here sy Nevigatlen For navigation system commands see the La botorpgigy ua s W Augi separate Navigation System Owner s Manual yr Fol To exil hold lhe TALK swatch SAA2535 Example 1 Placing a call to the
265. he CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc This may be an error due to the temperature inside the player being too high Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local dealership Unplayable File The file may be copy protected 4 34 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DivX type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertain ment system The region code A is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limite
266. he OFF position auto matically and the rear fog light will illuminate Make sure the indicator light on the instrument panel illuminates To turn off the rear fog light turn the fog light switch to the position again Make sure the indicator light on the instrument panel turns off HORN To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel 4 WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped fy WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat tempera tures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury 4 CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately wit
267. he displayed menus Il PAUSE Select the m key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key b Play Select the key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD WE STOP Select the m key to stop playing the DVD Pri M4 Next Previous Chapter u Select the mm or 144 key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of times this key is selected gt 4 Commercial Skip This function is only for DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the or J key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD Settings menu Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instructions on the disc DVD Setting Key Tithe Men Tille Search 10Key Search Angle Angle Mark Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Key DVD VIDEO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed fe Move the cursor to select a DVD menu F Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display l
268. hed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged Models with navigation system When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see Vehicle information and settings models with navigation system P 4 7 the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition Ay CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged CARGO AREA COURTESY LIGHT Roadster models The light illuminates simultaneously with the map light See Interior lights P 2 47 CARGO LIGHT Coupe models The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or L
269. hen the SynchroRev Match mode S MODE is acti vated See SynchroRev Match mode S MODE if so equipped for Manual Transmission models P 5 1 7 NZI Transmission position indicator if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the transmission position For AT models In the manual shift mode when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to the transmission protection mode the AT position indicator light will blink and a buzzer will sound See Driving the vehicle P 5 12 10 Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on amp Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switc
270. her reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of front doors The automatic window adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged To d
271. hicle approaches or leaves a steep hill Otherwise the front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser and ex haust pipes may contact the road sur face and be damaged Ay CAUTION Do not step on the front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter Doing so could damage it Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 FUEL FILLER DOOR request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch function indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehi ye in OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the left side of the door e Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you e Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key e Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuel filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do n
272. hicle handling character istics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See Wheels and tires P 9 9 of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tire is not re commended e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Importa
273. hildren s access to Intelligent Keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event that people become locked inside the trunk 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Releasing inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compartment as illustrated SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE The secondary trunk lid release mechanism allows opening the trunk lid in the event of discharged battery or emergency 1 Open the rear parcel box 2 Remove the cap Q with a suitable tool 3 Insert the key into the key cylinder and turn it counterclockwise The trunk lid will open SOFT TOP Roadster models ba OON ae Interior exterior view Soft top indicator light on the combination meter Soft top operating switch Top lock hole Soft top Top storage lid Trunk lid Rear window BEFORE OPERATING THE TOP The soft top of this vehicle is electrically operated You can fully open or close the top only by pressing the operating switch located on the center console The soft top operating switch must be operated under all of the following conditions When the trunk is closed When the vehicle is stopped When the engine is running
274. hone number 011 81 111 222 3333 1 Push the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel 2 Voice Recognil on Sy Cy Poe Oo O o OO O S Prone r agat Voice Recognition w Phare Ful e E 4 Dal Number 4 Gaick Dial 4 Poonebook Ye Call History YW International Call Hel A Information 4 Augio Mf Hel To exil hold he TALK svtch To exil hold lhe TALK swatch JVH0481X The system announces Would you like to 4 access Phone Navigation Information or Help Speak Phone Speak International Call Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Ful sac Voice Recogmtion e Intemational Gall Sy Say the ertire number o groups at numpers Say 0 9 poune 4 star C or plus ej To exil hold lhe TALK swatch SAA2541 5 Speak 011811112223333 pr 011811112223333 Da SSS OSOS S Dial 4 Change humor Yace Recegnitia amp Intornacional Call Please continue or say Thal To exil hold lhe TALK swatch 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 Note Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process 4 110 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE COMMAND MODE Th
275. horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK f button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK amp amp button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK g_ button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Hazard indicator and horn mode Intelligent Key system Using door handle or rear hatch trunk HAZARD twice HAZARD once request switch OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once Remote keyless entry system HAZARD twice HAZARD once Using or p button HORN once HORN none Hazard indicator mode Intelligent Key system Using door handle or rear hatch trunk HAZARD twice HAZARD none request switch OUTSIDE CHIME none OUTSIDE CHIME none Remote keyless entry system HAZARD twice HAZARD none Using or p button HORN none HORN none Switching procedure To switch the hazard indicator and horn chime operation push the LOCK f and UN LOCK A buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicat
276. hrough the preset station e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will seek up or down to the next station e Pushing the menu control switch will show the list of preset stations SiriusXM Satellite Radio if so equipped e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the preset channel e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will go to the next or previous category e Pushing the menu control switch will show the XM Menu iPod models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the track number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod Menu CD e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the folder number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch will show the CD Menu DVD models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the track number Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the title number e Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display e When the transparent operation menu ap pears the switch will control the menu USB models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or dow
277. ht SAA2555 CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND e Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory With navigation system CLEANING Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details CD DVD e Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use SAA2556 Without navigation system 4 72 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 Audio source switch 2 Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system 3 Back switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO Menu control switch models with navi gation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system While the display is showing a MAP navigation systems only STATUS or Audio screen tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down t
278. ial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active Information Use Guide lntormat on w User Gu de Information User Guide Usg Wace Scour cn With veine reeagnitien yu can use voice commands 1o conry nay gation audio phone urd oller tarist To scart the voice Tecagnition system push the TALE ew ich on ite steering wheel Tuan say amp carnage alter the tone switch Getting Started Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the multi function controller Tutorials on the operation of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system If you choose Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using NISSAN Voice Recognition a SB0G6 969000 Digis wera not recognized correctly Please crack the analysis of your speech for possible improvements Sel Geed od Ye ume of voice Shin Geet Parl Speed Cry Gred Ale Re Try Again Bone Stan of speak ng Let s Practice This
279. ically after the soft top open close operation is completed Use the power window switches to raise them Automatic adjusting function 4 CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be da maged The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly While the automatic adjusting function does not work the window will be controlled as follows When the door is opened the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds While the door is open the window cannot be raised If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system 1 2 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Close the door and soft top Roadster models Open the window completely by operating the power window switch Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the i
280. icle infor mation display replace the battery as soon as possible See Intelligent Key battery replacement P 8 24 Ay CAUTION e Never place anything except the Intelligent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause da mage to the equipment e Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect direction e Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF posi tion BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders P 2 10 STARTING THE ENGINE Apply the parking brake Automatic Transmission AT model Move the shift lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unles
281. icle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB devices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regulatory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory devices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this system e Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly e Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on display Using English language characters with a USB device is recom mended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries e Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly e An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod e An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation Center display heater air conditioner audio
282. ification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious perso nal injury Work around and on the preten sioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of the pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of Safety Se
283. ifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not neces sary 4 WARNING Never remove the radiator or cool ant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats P 6 16 of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To pre vent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 CAUTION Never use any cooling system ad ditives such as radiator sealer Ad ditives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine transmission and or cooling sys tem When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protec tion is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Gen uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate follow ing the directions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue is used fol low the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other ty
284. ift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmission models Do not stop the engine Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen Open the engine hood WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 4 WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest NISSAN dealer In case of emergency 6 17 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle
285. ight bulb replacement P 8 26 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 34 Fuel recommendation P 9 4 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 ROADSTER MODELS 1 Trunk lid P 3 19 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 Rear hatch release switch P 3 17 Trunk lid release switch P 3 19 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Noa High mounted stop light bulb replacement P 8 27 Antenna P 4 31 Rear window defroster P 2 32 Soft top P 3 21 Interior trunk lid release P 3 20 Rear view camera if so equipped P 4 17 Rear fog light if so equipped P 2 36 Rear combination light bulb replacement P 8 27 Fuel Fuel filler door P 3 34 Fuel recommendation P 9 4 EXTERIOR NISMO models For NISMO models the vehicle parts listed below require special care or caution for treating Refer to the additional information in each section 1 2 oak wo Performance dampers P 5 31 Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter P 3 32 P 6 20 Side sill extensions P 3 32 Rear spoiler P 3 17 P 7 3 Exhaust pipes P 3 32 P 6 20 Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser P 3 32 P 6 20 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT COUPE MODELS 1 Cargo cover if so equipped P 2 44 2 Secondary rear hatch release under the cargo room carpet P 3 18 3 Power windows P 2 45 Outside mirro
286. ight for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See Seat belts P 1 9 for precautions on seat belt usage FF Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Restraint Systems and or the pretensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see Supplemental restraint system P 1 28 4 WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system
287. ight position only when ne cessary because it reduces rear view clarity Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the O switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 37 light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper opera tion For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver opera tion see HomeLink Universal Transceiver P 2 50 OUTSIDE MIRRORS A WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects 3 38 Pre driving checks and adjustments Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the
288. information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX MARK DOT XX XX XXX XXX XXXX t t 1 2 3 4 5 6 SDI1607 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a 1 new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number Two digit code Manufacturer s identifi cation mark Two digit code Tire size Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire pl
289. ing Push several times to skip back through programs The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed CD PLAY selection To change to another CD already loaded into the player push the CD play select buttons Q to REPEAT RPT play When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISCS RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRK Track RPT CD with MP3 or WMA ALL OSOS RUI 1 DISS RPI 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK Track RPT RDM RANDOM RDM play When the RDM button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISCS RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISCS RPT CD with MP3 or WMA ALL DISCS ROM 1 DISC ROM 1 FOLDER ALL DISCS RPT SCRL Scroll SCRL button When the title is displayed but it is a long one the whole title is not shown in the display In this case push the seri button to scroll the title When the title is scrolled to the end of it the display will stop moving and return to the first condition amp CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out a
290. ing This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control 4 WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS 4 WARNING e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping
291. ing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be reprogrammed see Reprogramming a single HomeLink button P 2 53 To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transcei ver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash
292. ion Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warn ing even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be cause the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off 4 amp CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid dir
293. ion Be sure to fully open or close the soft top when driving the vehicle The soft top can be moved with the soft top operating switch only under all of the following conditions When the vehicle is stopped When the ignition switch is ON When the trunk is closed When the shift lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position 4 amp CAUTION Operate the soft top with the engine running to prevent a discharged battery When the soft top is operating if any of the above conditions are discontinued or any of the following conditions are met the top will stop operating e When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position e When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3 MPH 5 km h or more When the battery voltage is extremely low When the temperature of the soft top system becomes extremely high Release the operating switch and push it again under the above conditions until the top is fully opened or closed The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top operation is completely finished If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the ignition switch ON it may indicate the electric soft top control unit is not functioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible For more details about the electric soft top operation see Soft top Roadster models P 3 21 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator if so equipped This indicator will illuminate w
294. ion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield 4 CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward Slower or Faster When the speed sensing wiper interval function for models with navigation system is turned on the intermittent operation speed varies in ac cordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster Models with navigation system Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting To turn this fu
295. ion system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons ing key e Navigation Commands e Information Commands e Audio Commands e Help Commands Having the system learn the user s voice The voice commands in the category are 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument displayed panel and select the Others key 7 Select a voice command and then push the 2 Select the Voice Recognition key ENTER button Select the Speaker Adaptation key The voice recognition system starts 4 122 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Speake Adaptation Sedings amp Speaser Adaptation 4 Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Gormand Mode ON Edi User Name Delete Voice Dala Cualirusus Learning To esil hold Ihe TALK switch 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 9 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 2w speak the command that the system requested 10 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the 4 switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command cor rectly the voice command status on the right side of the command turns fro
296. ion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system practical away from the side air bag and seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the out of position occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place an
297. ipped P 4 76 Volume control switches P 4 73 Source select switch P 4 73 Tilt steering lever P 3 36 Steering wheel Horn P 2 37 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 28 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 21 Shift lever Automatic Transmission AT P 5 12 Manual Transmission MT P 5 16 Parking brake P 5 20 Instruments and controls 2 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 4 7 89H Wm II Ventilator P 4 23 Center display and multi function control panel if so equipped P 4 3 or Instrument pocket if so equipped P 2 41 Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting buttons if so equipped P 4 7 Instruments and controls Nook Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 76 P 4 86 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 33 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 28 Fuse box cover P 8 22 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 12 13 14 Seat heater switch if so equipped P 2 37 or Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped P 2 38 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models P 3 21 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE switch if so equipped P 5 17 Heater and air conditioner P 4 24 Rear window defroster switch P 2 32 Audio system P 4 31 Power outlet P 2 40 Glove box P 2 42 Refer to
298. is kept at the proper level for the engaged gear Thus the engine speed may be kept high depending on the gear position and vehicle speed When the clutch pedal is depressed with the transmission in neutral the system operates for approximately 2 seconds and then the engine speed will decrease to the idle speed When the engine coolant temperature is low right after starting the engine engine speed synchronization will be delayed or may be insufficient The system controls the engine speed up to the rev limit Note that S MODE is not a function that prevents over rewving resulting from shifting mistakes The system does not operate while the vehicle is backing up If the engine speed is limited lower than usual when the engine oil temperature is extremely high the system will control up to the limited engine speed If the malfunction indicator light illuminates the system may not operate and the S MODE indicator turns off Starting and driving 5 17 WARNING 0 0 5 MODE EXIT SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warn ing The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warn ing will appear on the vehicle information display and the S MODE indicator will turn off if a system malfunction occurs If the warning appears the S MODE function will not operate but manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 18 Starting and driving SSD0831 Activ
299. is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 9 EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds Ay CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not run ning for an extended period This can discharge the battery 5 10 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light of the Intelligent Key port A blinks and the indicator appears on the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display P 2 18 In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull the Intelligent Key out of the port NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator in the veh
300. is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the pa
301. isconnect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged Close the windows Open the hood Close and lock all the doors Disconnect the negative battery terminal ao RF ON gt Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Unlock and open the driver side door Do not close the door 2 Open the hood Connect the negative battery terminal Then close the hood 4 Fully open the driver side door window 5 Close the driver side door and the window Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 e Keep the battery out of the reach of 44 WARNING ellanah e Donot expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 DIO137MF minutes and seek medical attention Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the e Do not operate the vehicle if the battery cover if it is necessary It should be fluid in the battery is low Low between the UP
302. ise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed If you move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Automatic Transmis sion models or depress the clutch pedal Manual Transmission models the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch e Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch e Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it e Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the COAST SETT switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE 4 CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine perform
303. isintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ssss sssessrrrssesesnrisssnrnrinnsnrnrnrenssnrnne 8 3 Variable voltage control system Scheduled maintenance 8 3 Drive belts General maintenance Spark plugs Where to go for service Replacing spark plugs General maintenance Air cleaner Explanation of maintenance items Windshield wiper
304. itch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat ing The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit Example 1 Oecupants Load limit woe 22 4 640 kg Csample Occupants ahi PE Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 G00 Ib 70 kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occu pants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label To get the combined weight of oc
305. ition does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing PASSENG ER 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack AIR BAG Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned s across the top middle portion of the child s f shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat PX 2 manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing OFF 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point type seat belt P 1 11 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 40 may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 35 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concern ing the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISS
306. ividual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign However Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French
307. l methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels im mediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and bl
308. lated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire Starting and driving 5 3 pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indi cator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replace ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check
309. lder is located on the center console 2 42 Instruments and controls f SIC4071 SIC3988 Soft bottle holder 4 CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers GLOVE BOX 4 WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident ora sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle 4 To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see Keys P 3 2 CONSOLE BOX To open the console box push the button and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched REAR PARCEL BOX The rear parcel box is located behind the right side seat To open the rear parcel box pull the upper part of the lid to position or To remove the rear parcel box pull the lid to position with a greater force until it unlatches And then pull the rear parcel box to direction To install make sure the two hinges of the rear parcel box engaged with the holders then perform the steps above in the reverse order 4 WARNING Keep the rear parcel box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Instruments and controls 2 43 CARGO COVER if so
310. le reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Ay CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system QF Rear fog light indicator light if so equipped The rear fog light indicator light illuminates when the rear fog light is on See Fog light switch P 2 36 Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see Security systems P 2 28 lt 2 Soft top indicator light Roadster models This light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or it is stopped before reaching a full open close state When the top is fully opened or closed the light will turn off The light blinks while the soft top is not fully opened or closed under the following condi tions e When the vehicle is driven When the shift lever is in the R Reverse posit
311. le Dynamic Control VDC unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid Using any other brake fluid may result in improper operation of the brake system which result in serious injury or death 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1906A CLUTCH FLUID Manual transmission models Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il or equivalent DOT 4 up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDOW WASHER FLUID Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent 4 amp CAUTION e Donot substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window was
312. le the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume xf MUTE button i Push the button to mute the audio sound x Push the lt button again to release the mute Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio button When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the SEEK or TUNE button to set the desired setting These items can also be adjusted by pushing the AUDIO button e Speed Sensitive Vol Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from HIGH MID LOW or OFF e Beep tuning When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button FM AM SAT radio operation tas radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM SAT radio SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 gt XM1 When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM
313. lete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Compact Disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the PWR button will start the CD MP8 or WMA CDs are not supported with this CD player If an MP3 or WMA CD is inserted into the slot the counter on the audio display automatically advances without sound However this is a specification of the CD mechanism and not a malfunction Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD CD PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play me FF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the or 44 of the TUNE button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewi
314. lified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing scheduled maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechan ism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see a NISSAN dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adju
315. ll cause deterioration to the quality of the top material Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a soft brush or sponge then rinse it with plenty of clean water When the top is quite dirty wash using a mild detergent such as a general cleaner especially made for a cloth top or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water Rinse the top again with plenty of clean water to remove all traces of soap Ay CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gaso line or solvents Appearance and care 7 3 e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately wash it off with clean water e Do not apply direct water pressure such as high pressured water from household hoses on the lining of the soft top and vehicle body as this may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle After cleaning always be sure the top and its storage are completely dry before opening the top Opening the top while it is wet or damp may cause interior water damage water stains or mildew on the top WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use
316. lose only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it 2 46 Instruments and controls Automatic operation To fully open or close the window completely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs Automatic window lowering Roadster models When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered completely The windows do not rise automat
317. lowing procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For additional command options refer to List of voice commands P 4 92 Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the 44 button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND g button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END aa button to select a different language 3 Push the button For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker Adaptation SA mode P 4 95 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the language to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language 4 90 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE You must push the z button or the ams button within 5 seconds to change the language Push ama MODE Current lan guage PHONE END to select Engl English 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Push g TALK PHONE SEND to select Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting proce
318. lt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be positioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system front facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Do not attempt to hold a child in your lap or arms e Roadster models do not have an anchor for a top tether strap re quired for most child restraints Never let children who require the use of rear or front facing child restraints ride in this vehicle e Larger children need special pro
319. lways have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 60 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See How to use SETTING button P 4 11 OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows P 2
320. ly damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors for mod els not equipped with the emer gency tire puncture repair kit If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire punc ture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit NISSAN recommends using only
321. ly driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoirs Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See Precautions when starting and driving P 5 2 for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sur
322. ly plug the compressor into a 12V DC car power point Keep the kit free of water and dirt Do not disassemble or modify the kit Do not drop the kit or allow hard impacts to the kit Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit under the follow ing conditions Contact a NISSAN dealer or professional road assis tance when the sealant has passed its expiration date shown on the label attached to the bottle when the cut or the puncture is approximately 0 25 in 6 mm or longer when the tire sidewall is da maged when the vehicle has been dri ven with extremely low tire pressure when the tire has come off the inside or the outside of the wheel when the tire wheel is damaged when two or more tires are flat Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Automatic Transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual Transmission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse position Turn off the engine Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle 4 WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied a
323. ly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Bluetooth hands free phone the phonebook system models with navigation system P 4 76 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag The system cannot be operated 1 Make sure that the soft top for Roadster models is usable If the soft top is not working contact a NISSAN dealer 2 Close the soft top for Roadster models 3 Open and close the soft top for Roadster models before operating the system 4 124 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 MEMO 4 126 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving uu 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide Three way catalyst ccc Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 0 5 3 Av
324. m None to Stored Idently vorce data by adding a tama Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Resets the user s voice that the voice recogni tion system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting commands one by one Minimize voice feedback for Alternate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Minimize Voice Feedback key a fF ON The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symplonoror message The system fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List P 4 104 2 Speak clear
325. machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please con tact a NISSAN dealer Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and glove box See Doors P 3 4 and Storage P 2 41 4 CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key in stalled in the Key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the OFF side Roadster models 2 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 3 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See Storage P 2 41 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS fy WARNING e A
326. mage the port Audio main operation Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care A WARNING of the device Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury 4 CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Open the console lid and connect a USB memory as illustrated Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 This USRA oevice comains i lisessior contents Plaage select item io play Fisy Movie Contents Play Audio Covteis File selection When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of file the audio or movie operation screen is displayed and starts
327. maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your vehicle at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins You can be confident th
328. mal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions 4 CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not cov ered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle Remove the plastic engine undercover a Remove the small plastic clips at the center of the undercover b Then remove the bolts that hold the undercover in place 4 CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and sup port points are used to avoid vehicle damage Engine oil and filter 1 2 Remove the oil filler cap Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil 4 CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed
329. mended fuel lubricants Changing engine coolant Checking engine coolant level Corrosion protection Cover Cargo cover Cruise control Cup holders Dampers Performance dampers Daytime running light system Defroster switch Rear window defroster switch Dimensions Drive belts 2 32 8 18 Driving Cold weather driving 5 32 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Driving with manual transmission Precautions when starting and driving DVD player operation Economy Fuel Elapsed time Emergency tire puncture repair kit Emission control information label Emission control system warranty Engine Before starting the engine Break in schedule 0 10 2 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine coolart Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Checking engine oil level 8 10 Coolant temperature gauge 2 7 Emergency engine shut off 5 10 Engine block heater 5 33 Engine compartment check location 8 7 Engine cooling system Engine oil temperature gauge Engine oil viscosity Engine serial number Engine specifications Engine start operation indicator has Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models If your vehicle overheats Starting the engine Event Data Recorders EDR Exhaust gas carbon monoxide Extended storage fu
330. mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels and the same sizes as the original tires For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction cap abilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS 4 amp CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be in stalled on 19 inch size tires Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 18 inch size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before instal ling tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and ar
331. mode helps learn how to use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system 1 Select the Let s Practice key 2 After the message screen appears push the TALK amp switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be confirmed Tips un Sosak rig Cunurands Say commands when here are minimal background sounda Say voice commands clearly i 9 Awe d tlk ng slow ar w Lh long pises Say commands allur ike tune Wa Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands cor rectly Select Help on Speaking to start display Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the follow ing e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noise and vibration s
332. models with navigation SYSTEM ssss sssesreressrrssrreserrrrnenrrnnnnrnnenrrrnenrrrennrrne 4 76 Regulatory information VOICE COMMANAS sesssecssesseessesseeeseeserseesseeseessesssenseessensees 4 77 Control buttons Connecting procedure Phone selection Quick Dial Making a call Receiving a call 4 82 During a call Phone setting Troubleshooting guide Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system if so equipped Regulatory information Using the system Control buttons Getting started List of voice commands Speaker Adaptation SA mode Troubleshooting guide NISSAN Voice Recognition System models with navigation SYSTEM oe eeesssseecsssseteesssstetesssntteeesssttessssneteeetey 4 99 NISSAN voice recognition Standard Mode 4 99 Using the System siiin ennn 4 102 NISSAN voice recognition Alternate Command Mode Using the system Troubleshooting guide SAFETY NOTE 4 WARNING Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and con
333. module no phone connecting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup ports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System models with navigation system P 4 99 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communica tion and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions 4 76 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a rec
334. mpound is dan gerous Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance e Rinse well with lots of water if the compound comes into contact with skin or eyes If irritation persists seek prompt medical attention e Keep the repair compound out of the reach of children e The emergency repair compound may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate Have the tire pressure sensor replaced as soon as possible NOTE Do not remove any nails or screws that have penetrated the tire when performing repairs JVE0014X Take out the speed restriction sticker from the air compressor then put it in a location where the driver can see it while driving The compressor shape may differ depend ing on the models 4 amp CAUTION Do not put the speed restriction label on the steering wheel pad the speed ometer or the warning light locations 2 Take the hose and the power plug out of the air compressor Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle and screw the bottle clockwise onto the bottle holder Leave the bottle seal intact Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle Remove the cap from the tire valve on the flat tire In case of emergency 6 11 6 12 Remove the protective cap A of the hose and s
335. n Automatic transmission fluid ATF Driving with automatic transmissio Driving with manual transmission fe Transmission shift lever lock release Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 10 6 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country Trip computer Trip odometer Triple meter Trunk Interior trunk lid release Secondary trunk lid release Trunk lid Trunk release power cancel switc Turn signal switch Underbody cleaning Uniform tire quality grading USB memory operation v Vanity mirrot Vanity mirror lights Variable voltage control system Vehicle DiIMONSIONS wise sscssccsecscetstasednesstaesctenabunciteairaieetecee 9 10 Identification number VIN cssesseesssecsseesseeseee 9 11 Information and settings models with navigation system 4 7 2 18 Information display 9 18 Loading information Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 21 Security System sescsssessssseerssesersseesesees wc 2 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 40 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 29 Ventilators 4 23 Voice command Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System ssc lecisecnaseectnvac ian cetaleserteuneeete 4 92 Voice command NISSAN voice recognition system Voltmeter Ww Warning Hazard warning flasher switch Lights cee Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS cccsssesecsessssesseessnt
336. n FHSS GFSK 8DPSK 2 4DQPSK Number of Channel 79 This wireless equipment can t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibility of radio interfer ence REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two conditions this device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon Corporation 9 Bluetooth USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not
337. n remove the antenna if necessary Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclockwise To install the antenna turn the antenna clock wise and tighten 4 CAUTION e To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna be sure to remove the antenna under the following condi tions The vehicle enters an automatic car wash The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling The vehicle is covered with a car cover Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation Otherwise the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness 4 WARNING e A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohi bit the use of cellular phones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recom mended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so 4 CAUTION Keep the antenna as f
338. n the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 4 CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on a TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle e Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE RE PAIR KIT if so equipped The emergency tire puncture repair kit Emer gency Tire Sealant is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures If possible have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate See Flat tire P 6 3 for more details 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubric
339. n through the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the folder number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu Bluetooth Audio models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will scroll up or down through the track number AUX e Pushing the menu control switch will show the AUX Menu Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 S BACK switch models with navi gation system Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume Audio source switch Push the audio source switch to change the mode to available audio source ANTENNA Window antenna for Coupe models The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window 4 CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth 4 74 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems aN Trunk mounted antenna for Roadster models SAA2374 Removing the antenna You ca
340. n to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 FUSES SDI1479A ENGINE COMPARTMENT Ay CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fu
341. nction on Instruments and controls 2 31 Push and off see How to use SETTING button P 4 11 Low continuous low speed operation High continuous high speed operation the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times 2 32 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH Type B To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch Q on The indicator light 2 will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes 4 CAUTION e When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster e Do not use the rear window defros ter switch while the soft top is being operated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material and or components for Roadster mod els HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AY WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming
342. nd the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it AUX Auxiliary input AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer AUX AUX Auxiliary button Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack When the AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack the audio system does not change to the AUX mode the AUX button is invalid NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini plug cable when connecting your music device to the audio system Music may not play properly when a monaural cable is used Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions P 4 31 The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription The sa tellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and OO Os Guam 4 It may take some time to receive the activation Y signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio Push the ignition switch from LO
343. nd the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park e Never repair tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never repair tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road assistance In case of emergency 6 9 JVE0122X Getting emergency tire puncture repair kit Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit located under the cargo room or in the trunk The repair kit consists of the following items Tire sealant bottle Air compressor Speed restriction sticker The compressor shape may differ depending on the models NOTE For models with the emergency tire punc ture repair kit a spare tire jack and rod are not equipped as standard These parts are 6 10 In case of emergency dealer options Contact a NISSAN dealer about obtaining these parts See Chan ging a flat tire for models with spare tire P 6 4 for usage of jacking tools and tire replacement Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit e If any foreign object for example a screw or nail is embedded in the tire do not remove it e Check the expiration date of the sealant shown on the label attached to the bottle Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed Repairing tire WARNING Observe the following precautions when using the tire repair compound e Swallowing the co
344. nder if an extender is If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt Shoulder belt arm for Coupe models Before fastening the seat belt pull the shoulder belt arm forward until it clicks at the detent position Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access to the belt SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position required 4 WARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely
345. nding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the of the SEEK button is pushed while the CD is being played the next track or the current track on the CD will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through tracks The CD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last track on the CD is skipped through the first track will be played When the ma button is pushed the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 RPT ROM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM play When the RPT or RDM button is pushed while a CD is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows RPT button 1 Disc Repeat Normal play lt 1 Track Repeat RDM button 1 Disc Repeat Normal play gt 1 Disc Random The display shows the following symbols No mark 1 Disc Repeat 1 1 Track Repeat RDM 1 Disc Random amp CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into th
346. nditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Quick Diw HO m Flow t Gal Delea E xxx NRXKEREXRAEK JVH0477X Editing the Quick Dial 1 Push the PHONE button and select the Quick Dial key Select the desired entry from the displayed list Select the Edit key Select the desired item to change OOM Ful Geren Settings Quick Dial Entry 1 an eT Name David Numbe idan OE Type Woucetag JVH0478X The following editing items are available Entry Changes the displayed number of the selected entry Name Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen Number Edit the phone number using the keypad displayed on the screen Type Select an icon from the icon list Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voicetags allow easy dialing using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system See NISSAN Voice Recognition System models with navigation system P 4 99 To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 BO Mh Ful exo Quick Dial Vol irc Gonnesl Phenes Plionebuvk Conmesbed Phones Gal Ihstory Da Sumber JVH0479X MAKING A CALL To make a call follow this procedure 1 Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel or the button on the steering wheel Th
347. necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifications P 9 8 for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels 4 WARNING The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construc tion bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bum per height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only repla cing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve
348. nel 3 Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen e Answer Accept an incoming call to talk Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below Select the Hang up key Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel Push the button on the steering wheel ATE Til Phone a lin Progress 05 Use Handset XKENXKNNXNN Mute Keypad Swich Call DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary Hang up Finish the call Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute Mute your voice to the person Keypad Using the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled Switch Call Select Switch Call to answer another incoming call By selecting Hang up you can end a call and can speak to a caller who is on hold again This function may not be usable depend ing on the model of phone To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob
349. ng the HOT range HOT MAX HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range COLD MAX 4 COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening 4 CAUTION Do not overfill Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubri cants P 9 2 of this manual 4 WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake and clutch system e Besure to clean the filler cap before removing Ay CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water SDI2025A BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT3 except for NISMO models or Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II fluid for NISMO models up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 fy WARNING For NISMO models Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special Il is the factory fill brake fluid The Vehic
350. nge For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the ams lt gt intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the lt s side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode ty Outside air circulation Push the agy lt gt intake air control button to draw outside air into the passenger compart ment The indicator light on the ase side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually control the intake air push the amo lt gt intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the a gt lt lt intake air control button for approximately 2 seconds The indi cator lights both air recirculation and outside air circulation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Turning the air flow control dial selects the air outlet to 74 Air flows from center and side ventilators F Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets spt Air flows mainly from foot outlets a7 Air flows from defroster and foot outlets Tr Air flows mainly from defroster outlets To turn the system off Turn the fan speed control dial to the
351. ngs Movie file operation Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images oly PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode ll Pause Select the u key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the e key gt play Select the key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file E STOP Select the m key to stop playing a movie file Pi Skip Next chapter Select the key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed l44 Skip Previous chapter Select the m4 key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the 14 key is selected 4 62 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems List Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list USE v Settings Au
352. ning chime sounds for approximately position When closing the door after get a few seconds When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock and cargo trunk room area Carry the Intelligent Key with you ting Sutof the vehicle The SHIFT P warning appears on the display The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the shift lever to the P Park position and the outside chime sounds continuously position and the shift lever is not in the P and push the ignition switch to the OFF Automatic Transmission models Park position position The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Car the laialiaent Key with vou When pushing the door handle the outside chime sounds for a few seconds ad cargo trunk room area S a t switch to lock the d T RASE OAE A door is not closed securely Close the door securely When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you Roadster models and all doors unlock When shifting the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic The inside warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ON position The ignition switch is in the OFF position Transmission models 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM 4 WARNING
353. nitialization is complete Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer INTERIOR LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off Instruments and controls 2 47 ON DOOR OFF 0 9 gt M OFy INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the map lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position the map lights will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is switched to the OFF or LOCK position 2 48 Instruments and controls remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UN LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated after the ignition switch has been pus
354. nition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD LOAD CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading position by pushing the CD insert select button Q to then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 DISC PLAY When the DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed while a CD is loaded and a medium is played using the auxiliary input jacks you can toggle back and forth between CD and medium DISP CD DISPLAY informati
355. ns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears in the vehicle information display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see Vehicle informa tion display P 2 18 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 3 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will
356. nside warning chime will also sound See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 6 PUSH warning Automatic Trans mission models This warning appears when the shift lever is moved to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the shift lever to P gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 2 20 Instruments and controls 7 Intelligent Key battery discharge in dicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See Intelligent Key battery replace ment P 8 24 8 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal depressed RELEASE PARKING BRAKE WARNING of Gh EXIT WARNING ofa RANGE 090 im CEN WARNING D0 op LOW WASHER DOOR fe TRUNK w OPEN WARNINGS AND ALERTS 1 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied CHECK TIRE PRESSURE ALERT
357. nsistently selects the 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Quick Dial P 4 79 wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system cannot be operated Close the soft top for Roadster models Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models without navigation system if so equipped 4 amp WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so 4 amp CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Volume control switch 1 2 PHONE SEND gf button 3 PHONE END ams button 4 Microphone Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call in your vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module
358. nt Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet Care of wheels See Cleaning exterior P 7 2 for details about care of the wheels Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire if so equipped Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident Ay WARNING e The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possi ble tire or differential damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPOR ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire infla tion pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as in dicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and Loading Information label in the index of this manual With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used o
359. nt so the center is level with the center of your ears 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To raise the head restraint pull it up 4 CAUTION Models with climate controlled seats are designed so that the head restraint cannot be removed The head restraint may be damaged if the head restraint is forcibly pulled out To lower push and hold the lock knob and push Removal the head restraint down Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches 4 must be in stalled in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the hea
360. nt while in the vehicle 4 CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child restraints for children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on front facing child restrai
361. nti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic Transmission AT 2 11 check warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Key system warning 2 12 ETE Low tire pressure warning Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Master warning light pea Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC 9 15 warning light i 0 14 Illustrated table of contents Indicator light Name ERUEN Cruise indicator light PQ Exterior light indicator Bi corr Front passenger air bag status 2 light 20 High beam indicator light Seite Malfunction Indicator Light SOON MIL OF Rear fog light indicator light Security indicator light Soft top indicator light Road ster models 5 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator M Transmission position indicator Nzi light aD Turn signal hazard indicator lights fe Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seats Head restraints Seat belts Precautions on seat belt usage weiss 1 9 Pregnant WOMEN sirina ainan 1 11 Injured persons Three point type seat belt Seat belt extenders
362. ntinue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing wy Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil P 8 10 4 CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so a Intelligent Key system warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible 1 Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light war
363. nto the key port in the correct direction See Push button ignition switch P 5 8 3 Intelligent Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the Intelligent Key from the key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle 4 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No Intelligent Key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key Instruments and controls 2 19 See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 for more details 5 SHIFT P warning Automatic Trans mission models This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the shift lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An i
364. ntrol system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Cruise control P 5 21 b E Exterior light indicator This indicator illuminates when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO zona or position and the front parking lights instrument panel lights rear combination lights license plate lights or headlights are on The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off Bo Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light Bacr located on the center of the instrument panel will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats P 1 33 of this manual E0 High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected SERVICE ec Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons
365. nts to be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE STRAINT for Coupe models If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point 4 WARNING e Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision e If the cargo cover if so equipped contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap 1 19 during a collision A child could be seriously injured or killed in a colli sion if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the
366. o the front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser or ex haust pipes NISSAN recommends that you place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated 6 20 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle 4 WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Donot spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery device Access the mounting hole for the recovery hook Except for NISMO models To remove the cover A first unhook the claws Q using a suitable tool wrapped in a cloth and then pull the lower side of the cover For NISMO models When the front license plate and bracket are installed temporarily remove them See Installing front license plate P 9 14 for the installation proce dures A screwdriver is supplied with the jacking tools for removal 2 Securely install the vehicle recovery hook 3 stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Do not use the tie down hooks 4 for towing or vehicle recovery Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place a
367. ocation by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen 4p Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected Group Search VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly
368. ock operation is per formed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return all settings to the default Settings Language amp Units Select Language Select Units rus J 12 Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key and then selecting the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose English Fran ais or Espa ol for your favorite display appearance If you select the Frangais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owner s Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual see Owner s Manual Service Manual order information P 9 25 Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Voice Recognition settings For details about the Voice Recognition settings see NISSAN Voice Recognition Sys tem models with navigati
369. ocked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the rear hatch without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS TEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in
370. ode When the shift lever is in the manual shift gate the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down or pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up move the shift lever to the up side or pull the right side paddle shifter The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the shift lever to the down side or pull the left side paddle shifter The transmission shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily The transmis sion will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 seconds In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the transmission position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows TMS gM gM aM eM TaM lt lt lt 7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds 6 6th and 5 5th Use these positions when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes
371. ode is active perform the Key pane following steps to switch to the Alternate 5 The confirmation message is displayed on 2 Select the Others key Command Mode ih Riek eas the Briers to activate 3 Select the Voice Recognition key t t t 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument Sees rane pen 4 Select the Command List key panel Displaying command list 2 Highlight the Others key If you are controlling the system by voice 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the follow ing procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 Internal on e Comerand L st Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commas Aud o Commands Helo Gor mar ds Push the TALK switch ta start voice recog cation 5 Select a category from the list SAA2545 Information amp Goaramard List oo Dial Number Prevous Quick Dial Pronebaok Inte nal onal Call Incoming Cal s tee Push the TALK ewileh bo starl yore recogni on JVH0483X Select an item If necessary scroll the screen using the multi function controller to view the entire list Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 112 Center display heater air conditi
372. oiding Collision and rollover sssesseeseeseesseeseerseesneesees 5 6 Off road recovery ssssssssssssesstsssesstessesssinssstsssiseatssstesenes 5 6 Rapid air pressure l0SS s sssssnsssesernrssessrrnrnnssnrrnnnsennrnrenen 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving sesseserseereeseereeees 5 7 Push button ignition SWItCH usecase 5 8 Operating range for engine start function Push button ignition switch operation Push button ignition switch positions wu 5 9 Emergency engine Shut Off ssscssesssessesessseesneeseessenss 5 10 Intelligent Key battery discharge csssseseesens 5 10 Before starting the engine uses 5 11 Starting the engine Driving the vehicle Automatic transmission Manual Transmission Parking brake Cruise control Precautions on cruise control Cruise Control Operations oceans Break in schedule Fuel efficient driving tips Increasing fuel economy Parking parking on hills Power steering Brake system Braking precautions Parking brake break in Brake assist Brake assist Anti lock Braking System ABS Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Performance dampers NISMO models ssssesseeees 5 31 Cold weather driving Freeing a frozen door lock Antifreeze Battery Draining of coolant water Tire equipment ou Special winter equipment Driving on snow or ice Engine block heater if so equipped sses 5 33 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
373. older is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVD RW 5 DVD R DL 5 USB2 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVD RW 5 DVD R DL 5 ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Supported file systems Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Supported WMA 2 32 kHz 48 kHz 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR Ver 9 4 MPEG AAC AAC S 8 kHz 96 kHz Bit rate 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 y i k ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only With navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 U
374. om mended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing proced
375. ommands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN Voice Recogni tion System models with navigation system P 4 99 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 Duick Dial VoLime amp Ringtone Gal Ihstory Gonneul Phone l Plionebuwk Conmesbed Prone Da Nunber JVH0473X CONNECTING PROCEDURE 1 Push the PHONE button or the button and select the Connect Phone key CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE button 2 TALK 4 PHONE SEND button 4 78 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems The system is searccing tor your phone Using year handset look fora Blustooth device oa lod MY CAR Whoo requested by ine 3 handsel enter the PIN 1234 J Esi rg screen cancels search Tangel Connects a phone using Bluetesit When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Bluetooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing NISSAN recom mended cellular phones When the connection process is c
376. ompleted the screen will return to the Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push PHONE button and select the Connected Phones key The registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently connected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system QUICK DIAL This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire cell phone s phonebook into the Phonebook For the details about downloading a phonebook see Phone setting P 4 84 If a phonebook does not automatically download the Quick Dial may be set for up to 1 000 entries This phonebook allows the recording of a name to speak while using voice recognition Beninge Edit Quick Dial OM Ful Settings Quick Dial OOM Fil Add New H 1 XXXXXXXXXXXK Copy trom Call H story 13 2 MAAN KAREKAKK Copy rom the Handeel Enler Number by Keypad 3 4 JVH0474X JVH0475X Push the PHONE button and select the 3 Choose the method for entering the phone Quick Dial key book entry For this example select Enter Select the Add New key at the top of the Number by Keypad screen 4 Input the name and phone number m
377. on When the DISP button is pushed while the CD is being played the audio display will change as follows CD C Track Number Album Title Song Tille CD with MP3 or WMA B lack Number Folder Song Tile Artist Name Album Title SJS wind CD When the or button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the or button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the folders in the CD will change When the or button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to the normal play speed amp APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the button is pushed while the CD is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The CD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the CD is skipped through the first program will be played When the button is pushed the FF Fast Forward REW Re 4 50 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems program being played returns to its beginn
378. on the front passenger air bag status light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The o is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 4 illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light 4 is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occ
379. on studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains P 8 36 of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE 4 WARNING e Wetice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pave ment e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous ex
380. on system P 4 99 Camera settings The Camera screen will appear when selecting the Camera key For details about the camera system operation see RearView Monitor models with navigation system P 4 17 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Settings mage Viewes 1 Image 1jpq 2 Image_2jpg 4 Image_4jpg Slmage Sjpq Image jpg Full Screen D splay SAA2491 Image Viewer The image files in the USB memory will be displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking 4 16 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems brake SAA2492 Full Screen Display The full screen display will appear when select ing the Full Screen Display key To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the multi function controller e _ _ Start Select the 7 key to start playing the
381. oner audio phone and voice recognition systems Commands List Phone Commands Action Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Call lt name gt Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Quick Dial or Phonebook Please say Call followed by a stored name Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 Navigation Commands a a 4 114 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Commands Command Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Where am Displays your current location Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Weather Information Displays weather information Weather Map Displays a weather map Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Audio Commands a a Turn
382. ons available Push the 44 button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands e Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an auto mated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call Say star for say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect a call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone sys tem push the g 44 button e Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on
383. ons is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK A button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port Opening windows The UNLOCK p button operation also allows you to open a window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows P 2 45 To open the window push the door UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK A button Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent Key The door window can be opened or closed by turning the metal key in a door lock See Doors P 3 4 Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3m button on the Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and
384. operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See Brake system P 5 26 cacek Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the transmission arake or Q Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake and clutch fluid P 8 13 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock
385. or flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZAHD INDICATOH AND HORN MODE HAZSAD once HORAN once Push a for more than 2 sec 1 HAZARDO 4 times Push a for more than 2 sec 4 HAZARD INDICATOR MODE Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 HOOD When opening the hood 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever 2 up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood Hold the insulator 3 of the support rod and insert its end into the slot on the front edge of the hood When closing the hood T While supporting the hood return the support rod to its original position 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments So CN ep SPA2572 Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12 in 20 to 30 cm above the hood lock then let it drop Make sure it is securely latched 4 amp WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood REAR HATCH Coupe models 4 WARNING Do not drive with the rear hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas carbon monoxide P 5 2 of
386. or if 1 file name ina directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shortened 8 character version The image will still be displayed when selected REARVIEW MONITOR models with navigation system The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking When the shift lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle 4 amp WARNING e The RearView Monitor is a conve nience but it is not a substitute to check behind the vehicle when backing up e The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers e Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite like ones viewed in the inside and out side mirrors e Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView monitor Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when backing up The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will n
387. ot 3 37 Outside mirrors 3 38 Vanity MITON csssitpinisncksnersstisvansraitconiektnensetansanrives 3 39 10 4 Multi function controller ssssssssssssrrsrsssesssessresssesssss 4 4 New vehicle break in NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Syste NISSAN voice recognition system No key warning Odometer Off road recovery Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine oil level Engine oil Engine oil viscosit Oil filter replacement indicator Opening the soft top Operation Operational indicators Outside Mirrors Overheat If your vehicle overheats Owner s Manual Service Manual Order information cesseesesseeseceeseesneeneeseseeneeseeeenees 9 25 P Panic alarmna aa a aaa 3 14 Parking Brake break in Parking brake operation Parking on hills it Performance damper Phone Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system 4 76 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 4 86 Car phone or CB radio sssesssescssssecsssssersesesseess 4 75 Power Front seat adjUStMent ceeseseseseeseeseens 1 2 Power door lock a 3 4 Power outlet 2 40 Power steering fluid 8 12 Power steering system 5 26 Power windows 2 45 Precautions 5 21 Audio operation 4 31 Braking precautions 5 26 Child restraints 1 18 Cruise control ope
388. ot attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control sys tem An incorrect cap can result ina serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the mal FUEL FILLER CAP cle Do not fill a portable fuel container A WARNING in the vehicle or trailer Static elec tricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid 4 CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tight en the fuel filler cap properly may cause the 3 malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate If the 5 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to
389. ot be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES because of its monitoring range limitation e Do not put anything on the Rear View camera The RearView camera is installed above the license plate e When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Other wise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the camera It is a A WARNING precision instrument Otherwise it HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINES SA may malfunction or cause damage E Ale A e Always turn and check that it is safe resulting in a fire or an electric Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width to park your car before backing up shock and distances to objects with reference to the Always back up slowly bumper line A are displayed on the monitor R f g e If the tires are replaced with differ Distance guide lines ent sized tires the predictive course A CAUTION Indicate distances from the bumper line may not be displayed correctly e Red line Q approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Ona snow covered or slippery road Do not scratch the camera lens when e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m there may be a difference between cleaning dirt or snow from the lens Green line approx 7 ft 2 m the predictive course line and the e Green line approx 10 ft 3 m actu
390. ou carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid 2 3 Push the door handle request switch dri ver s or front passenger s or the rear hatch trunk request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door or the rear hatch trunk lid is open 3 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch with the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors and the rear hatch trunk lid can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key Unlocking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch dri ver s or front passenger s or the rear hatch trunk request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once The corresponding door and the fuel filler door or the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock 3 Push the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request swi
391. ounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words e If the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel 4 102 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice Recognil on E W Poong 4 Navigation A Information Y Augo We Hel To exil hold lhe TALK swatch SAA2535 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from 4 to 3 speak a command Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Let s Practice P 4 101 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key can display the detailed information of the each command Operating tips e Say a command after the tone e Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not ac
392. our child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lb 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint 4 WARNING Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Child restraints P 1 18 Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional pro tection INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with
393. our digits or say change number 9 Speak 6 2 0 0 Voice Recognil ar w Dial Sumber pr 400 662 6290 ba SSS OSOS S Dial 4 Change humor 0 Please say Dial or say Change Kemper To exil hold lhe TALK swatch 10 The system announces Dial or Change Number 11 Speak Dial 12 The system makes a call to 800 662 6200 Note e You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 con tinuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit group ing is recommended for improved recogni tion See How to say numbers P 4 89 e You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International 4 108 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Call command for all other formats If you say Change Number during phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers If the system does not recognize your command please try repeating the com mand using a natural voice Speaking too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance Example 2 Placing an international call to the p
394. over into position as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 c Insert the clip through the undercover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly Ay WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer e Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing 4 amp CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in dri veability and automatic transmis sion durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty POWER STEERING FLUID SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked with the engine off usi
395. ow the manufacturer s instructions before using air fresheners FLOOR MATS WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more informa tion e Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat posi tioning aid See Floor mat posi tioning aid P 7 7 The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Ws S Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell SAI0044 Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned Bracket positions The illustration shows the location of floor mat brackets SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry compl
396. pact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaranteed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVD R DVD R DL Rewritable DVDs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs If t
397. pending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT Ay WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating posi tions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats P 1 2 2
398. pes of coolant solutions other than Genu ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details JVM0087X CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is running and after it reaches normal operating temperature If the coolant level is below the MIN level 2 add coolant up to the MAX level 4 If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the radiator filler cap above the radiator upper hose opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level Q Put on the filler cap above the radiator upper hose and with the reservoir cap open start the engine Run the engine until it reaches normal operating tem perature Add coolant up to the MAX level Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant If the cooling system requires coolant frequently have it checked by a NISSAN deal
399. phill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momenta rily change the display Instruments and controls 2 25 OUTSIDE TEMP 37F Outside air temperature F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 38 C the warning ICY is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill boards 2 26 Instruments and controls gt SKIP gt ALERT La ENTER gt MAINTENANCE gt OPTIONS NEXT Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the vehicle information display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus ALERT Alert menu can be set to notify the following items e UPSHIFT Select this submenu to set the engine speed RPM of the upshift indicator See Upshift indicator P 5 19 MT models or Manual
400. phone 2 The system announces Would you like to number 800 662 6200 access Phone Navigation Information 1 Push the TALK amp switch located on the Audio or Help steering wheel 3 Speak Phone 4 106 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice Recognition e Phort Full Voice Recognit on Dial Number Full Qeace Voice Recegnil on Dial Membe Ful auacr Sy Sy E Y Dial Number CE Dial Number Dial Number YW Quick Cral Hel Hel Y Change humor kd Hee Please say the entire number or groups 4 Call History of num pers Say the nest three digits Dial ar say I International Call Change Number To esil hold lhe TALK svitch To exil hold he TALK seitch To exil hold lhe TALK swatch SAA2537 SAA2538 JVH0481X 6 The system announces Please say the next 4 Speak Dial Number 5 Speak 8 0 0 three digits or dial or say change number Selecting the Manual Controls key switches the screen to the keypad to input 7 Speak 6 6 2 the phone number manually Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 Ee 802 662 Yace Recegnitiaga Oia Number 4 Change humor Mar wal Contre O Say the last tour d gits or say Car ge Kemper To exil hold lhe TALK swatch 8 The system announces Please say the last f
401. ppropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product MANUAL TRANSMISSION e Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70 MPH 112 km h when flat towing your vehicle e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B
402. priate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 41 MEMO 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls Cockpit Instrument panel Meters and gauges Speedometer and odometer Tachometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge Triple meter Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 Checking bulbs Warning lights Indicator lights Audible reminders Vehicle information display Operational indicators Warnings and alerts cssscssssssessesseesseesneesessseessesseessenses 2 21 Maintenance indicators wc eeseseeeeesees 2 22 Trip computer Security systems 2 28 Vehicle Security System oo 2 28 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 29 Windshield wiper and washer switch ucts 2 31 Rear window defroster SWItCH wuss 2 32 Headlight and turn Signal SWITCH seseessesensesens 2 33 Xenon headlights oo 2 33 Headlight switch Turn signal switch Fog light switch if so equipped Horn Heated seats if so equipped sssri Climate controlled seats if so equipped seen 2 38 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 40 POWSr outlets innin nni 2 40 SHOPAGSS i ore AA EA E 2 41 Instrument pocket except for navigation system equipped models sssssssisssssserrrssssssrrrrssssssrrrssnssrrrrssssse 2 41 Cup holders Glo
403. r bags P 1 28 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 28 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor P 1 33 Front seats P 1 2 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR FRONT 0 4 Hood P 3 16 Headlight and turn signal Operation P 2 33 Bulb replacement P 8 26 Windshield wiper and washer Operation P 2 31 Maintenance P 8 20 Illustrated table of contents ONO JVC0287X Power windows P 2 45 Outside mirrors P 3 38 Recovery hook P 6 21 License plate installation P 9 14 Daytime running light except for NISMO mod els Operation P 2 33 Bulb replacement P 8 26 Tires Wheels and tires P 8 30 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 2 13 P 5 3 Side turn signal light Operation P 2 33 Bulb replacement P 8 26 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 EXTERIOR REAR COUPE MODELS 1 High mounted stop light bulb replacement P 8 26 2 Rear window defroster P 2 32 Satellite antenna if so equipped P 4 31 4 Rear view camera if so equipped P 4 17 w SSl0811 Rear hatch Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 Rear hatch opener switch P 3 17 Rear fog light if so equipped P 2 36 Rear combination l
404. r remote control switch P 3 38 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Sun visors P 3 36 Map light P 2 47 Inside rearview mirror Operation P 3 37 HomeLink if so equipped P 2 50 Rear parcel box P 2 43 Console box Power outlet P 2 40 USB memory operation if so equipped P 4 59 iPod player operation if so equipped P 4 68 Front cup holders P 2 41 iPod player operation if so equipped P 4 68 7 Front cup holders P 2 41 SSI0651 ROADSTER MODELS Operation P 3 37 1 Power windows P 2 45 HomeLink if so equipped P 2 50 Outside mirror remote control switch 5 Rear parcel box P 2 43 P 3 38 Secondary trunk lid release P 3 20 2 Sun visors P 3 36 6 Console box 3 Map light P 2 47 Power outlet P 2 40 4 Inside rearview mirror USB memory operation if so equipped P 4 59 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 COCKPIT D 0 10 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 29 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 33 Meters and Gauges combimeter P 2 5 Triple meter P 2 8 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Illustrated table of contents oong Hood release handle P 3 16 Intelligent Key port P 5 10 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 14 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Menu control switch or tuning switch P 4 73 BACK switch
405. rations 5 17 Maintenance 8 6 Seat belt usage Supplemental restraint system When starting and driving Predictive course line settings Push starting Push warning Automatic Transmission models Push button ignition switc Car phone or CB radio FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player nissenana e ainia 4 43 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer models without navigation system sss sssssssserissssrrssesrssserrssssrresss 4 47 Rapid air pressure lOSS ssssssssssssssssssssrsriirrerrierrnrnenrense 5 6 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test a 9 24 Rear hatch 3 17 3 17 3 17 2 43 2 32 Rear hatch opener Rear hatch opener switch Rear parcel box Rear window defroster switch RearView monitor models with navigation SYStEM ssecssseecessnseessnteeeennteeseneetes 4 17 Recorders Event data 9 24 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 11 Remote keyless entry system 3 13 Repairing flat tire with emergency tire puncture repair kit a Reporting safety defects Rollover Roof Soft top 5 6 T 3 21 Safety Child seat Delts cscsssssssseessssessssessneessee 1 15 Satellite radio operation sssesssseeesseesseseens 4 48 4 53 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment a OME SOAS zisnea eda 1 Seat belt s Child safety Injured persons Larger chil
406. rds the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP A B RESET knob changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIPA Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP A B RESET knob 3 for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 Ay CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Mooocooag9o90 000 a H ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge points within the zone 4 shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions 4 amp CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as Safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the en gine See If your vehicle overheats P 6 16 for immediate action required Instruments an
407. red by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home 4 CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never back ward e DO NOT tow any automatic trans mission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmis sion lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN except for NISMO mod els P 6 19 of this manual AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an a
408. ression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that 4 36 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries gt Folder Audo lie SAA2494 Playback order e The folder names of folders not containing compressed audio files are not shown in the display e If there is a file in the top level of a disc USB Root F
409. revent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk lid opener switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 SPA2681 TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid opener or trunk request switch When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box with the mechanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Keys P 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE fy WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent c
410. rking brake lever up 4 To release 1 2 Firmly apply the foot brake While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON TROL e f the cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The CRUISE in dicator light on the meter panel will then blink to warn the driver e If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will cancel automatically e Ifthe CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer e The CRUISE indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the following procedures WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident 4 amp CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depres sing the clutch pedal when the cr
411. roducts of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium bat teries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Per chlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and li Bluetooth censed to Visteon Corporation and Clarion Co Ltd SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately fsiniusam Not available in Alaska Hawaii or ie Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com 2013 NISSAN MOTOR CoO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSA
412. rom center and side ventilators and foot outlets wai Air flows mainly from foot outlets wa Air flows from defroster and foot outlets To turn the system off Push the OFF button Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 SAA2324 OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate This is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air will flow normally from the foot outlets The sensors A and on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the specified main tenance intervals listed in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact a NISSAN dealer The filter should be replaced if air flow is extremely decreased or when windows fog up easily when operating heater or air conditioning system 4 30 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant
413. rs may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are e Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e f a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle e Ifa computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Starting and driving 5 5 For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high sp
414. rsion 1 0 2 or later Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod DISC AUX DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the multi function controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Now Playing e Playlists Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle Songs Play mode The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e u returns to the previous screen e ll plays pauses the music selected sa Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the
415. s READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assist ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle 4 WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed lim its and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Man ual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI CLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification will not be covered under the NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications
416. s the shift lever is in either of the above positions Manual Transmission MT model Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Depress the clutch pedal fully to the floor The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal AT model or the clutch pedal MT model and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position e If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restart ing depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above proc
417. s of the vehicle road and traffic WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelera tor pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire for models with spare tire P 6 4 of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING Ay WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the blood stream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase
418. s pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth audio device connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the Bluetooth audio device is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth audio mode ose Il Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the or ma button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio device will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the or ma button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the Bluetooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Blue tooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen fom REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM To change the play mode push the mi button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal gt Shuffle All Tracks Shuffle Group Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks Repeat Group gt Norm
419. s to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band selecting the channel last played USB Turns on the USB memory Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth audio player AUX Turns on the AUX 4 116 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Help Commands command Sd gw SSSSC r Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list Phone Commands Displays the phone command list Audio Commands Displays the audio command list Displays the information command list Displays the help command list Displays the User Guide Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 General Commands r Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition 4 118 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information User Guide Goting Started Let s Pracuce Q Using Iha Address Book Find ng a Sree Address Placing Cal s Help on Speaking 1B Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Re
420. se warning Exterior light indicator F F M V S S C M V S S certification label Filter Air cleaner housing filter 8 19 Changing engine oil and filter 8 10 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 PGE E E A A E E E 6 3 Repairing flat tire with emergency tire puncture repair kit Flat towing Floor mat cleaning Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF Brake and clutch fluid Brake fluid Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Engine coolant Engine oil Power steering fluid ee Window washer flUId cece FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player 4 43 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer models without navigation system 4 47 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Fog light switch Front manual seat adjustmen Front passenger air bag and status light Front power seat adjustment Front seat Front seat adjustment Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Fuel CCONOMY sceseseeseeee Fuel economy information display Fuel information Fuel octane ratin Fuel filler cap Fuel H door Fusible links G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 50 Gas cap 3 34 Gauge 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 7 Fuel gauge 2 8 Odometer 2 6 Speedometer 2 6 Tachometer 2 7 Trip computer 2 23 General maint
421. set the distance for changing the engine oil See Trip computer P 2 23 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See Trip computer P 2 23 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See Trip compu ter P 2 23 WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks in cluding tire pressure checks See Changing wheels and tires P 8 37 Many factors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road con ditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See Trip computer
422. sh like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems per formed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga tion To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to
423. sible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse B Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 4 CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF SDI2361 Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse Spare fuses are stored in the fuse box If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Extended storage fuse switch To reduce battery drain the extended storage fuse switch comes from the factory switched off Prior to delivery of your vehicle the switch is pushed in switched on and should always rem
424. sing the control knob if the seats are too hot or cold 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob to the heat side Q or to the cool side The indicator light on the control knob will illuminate 3 4 Adjust the desired amount of the air using the control knob When the vehicle s interior is warmed or cooled and or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position center The indicator light on the control knob goes off at the OFF position To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat contact a NISSAN dealer 4 WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the climate controlled seat if you or the occupants cannot monitor seat tem peratures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat Use of the climate controlled seats by such people could result in serious injury 4 CAUTION e Do not place objects in front of the intake inlets located behind and under the front seat Doing so could cause improper operation or inter ruption of the operation The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the climate controlled seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anythin
425. smits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broad casting station e When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port to start the engine Replace the discharged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see Push button ignition switch P 5 8 Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv ing radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may b
426. sonal injury Appearance and care 7 5 7 6 4 CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar material For cleaning use a soft cloth dam pened with water Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discolora tion to the lens Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather sur faces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or am monia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Only use fabric protectors approved by NISSAN Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It Appearance and care may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and foll
427. soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration Use unleaded premium gasoline for max imum vehicle performance Ay CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate per centage for that region For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubri cants P 9 2 for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see
428. speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 23 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set ready condi tion or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 24 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near cra
429. speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Elapsed time and trip odometer MILES or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time RANGE OO00Omies Distance to empty MILES or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to e f the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed When driving u
430. ssen ger air bag status light is still not illuminated try a different child restraint If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly do not transport 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system a child in this vehicle The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light fF located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions 44 WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bag inflates e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not pl
431. ssenger seat backward to gency Tire Sealant cannot secure the damaged tire permanently seal a punctured tire 6 8 In case of emergency Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash e If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire punc ture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire e NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure This vehicle does not have a spare tire The emergency tire puncture repair kit Emergency Tire Sealant is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures If possible have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below 4 CAUTION To avoid the emergency tire punc ture kit being damaged during sto rage or use Only use the emergency tire puncture repair kit on your ve hicle Do not use it on other vehicles Only use the kit to inflate the tires of your vehicle and to check the vehicle s tire pressure On
432. stallation of child restraints could Air Bag System never install a result in serious injury or death of a rear facing child restraint in the child or other passengers in a front seat An inflating air bag sudden stop or collision could seriously injure or kill a The child restraint must be used child and installed properly Always Be sure to purchase a child follow all of the child restraint restraint that will fit the child manufacturer s instructions for and vehicle Some child re installation and use straints may not fit properly in Infants and children should your vehicle never be held on anyone s lap Child restraint anchor points are Even the strongest adult cannot designed to withstand loads resist the forces of a collision from child restraints that are Do not put a seat belt around properly fitted both a child and another pas Never use the anchor points for senger adult seat belts or harnesses NISSAN recommends that all Achild restraint with a top tether child restraints be installed in strap should not be used in the the rear seat Studies show that front passenger seat for Road children are safer when properly ster models restrained in the rear seat than 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should al ways be placed in an appropri ate child restrai
433. stem 1 23 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 72 Front facing step 11 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 8 or should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 35 Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP for Coupe models First secure the child restraint with the seat belt 1 Flip down the flap marked with a label as shown in the illustration Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the strap according to the manufac turer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint consult your NISSAN dealer for details 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats 4 WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases e Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion
434. sters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or on
435. t of phones connected to the vehicle The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Bluetooth Off Use the Bluetooth Off command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone Replace phone This can be used to reconnect a new phone with the vehicle you have changed your cellular phone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for each connected phone Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park Press and hold the f button for more than 5 seconds The system announces Press the PHONE SEN
436. t passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors 1 33 information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle switches and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turn
437. t protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors and the trunk lid will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors and the trunk lid will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door and or the trunk lid are closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the gy position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when t
438. t seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim ma terial such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any ob jects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury e Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3
439. t selected dee CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button ma or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button a or to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed SEEK tuning CATEGORY Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 e UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for SiriusXM Satellite Radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using th
440. tact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignor ing such conditions may lead to CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL models with navigation system 1 STATUS status display button P 4 7 2 3 7 8 9 For navigation system control buttons Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual accidents fire or electric shock 4 Multi function controller P 4 4 Park the vehicle in a safe location 5 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys and apply the parking brake to view tem button P 4 76 the images on the front center dis 6 43 OFF brightness control and display ON I OFF button P 4 7 play screen rent f 10 INFO vehicle and navigation information button P 4 8 Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Operating this system under these condi tions may result in system malfunctions 11 SETTING button P 4 11 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 HOW TO USE MULTI FUNCTION CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial and push the ENTER button Q for operation Push the BACK button 4 to return the display to the previous screen or delete characters Pushing BACK may or may not save the settings depending on the menu For
441. tart the engine Push OPEN on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully opened e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the opening movement will finish and the indicator light turns off e Windows will automatically be fully opened Release the switch when the top is fully opened The indicator light turns off NOTE If you release the switch and press it again while the top is being opened the top will slightly move to the closing direction then start moving to the opening direction again The top is designed to move in this way It is not a malfunction CLOSING THE TOP de 2 Start the engine Push CLOSE on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully closed e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the closing movement will finish e Windows will automatically be fully opened Release the switch when the top is fully closed The indicator light will turn off Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 OPENING THE TOP USING THE IN TELLIGENT KEY The soft top can be opened using the request switch Opening the soft top Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Push the door handle request switch driver s or passenger s and hold it until the soft top is fully open 3 26 Pre
442. tch again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once again All the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock All doors the rear hatch trunk lid and the fuel filler door will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked e Opening any door and or the rear hatch trunk lid Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK g button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute Opening rear hatch trunk lid To open only the rear hatch trunk lid perform the following procedure 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the rear hatch trunk lid opener switch 3 The rear hatch trunk lid will open Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protec tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and all doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery dis charge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position
443. tch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display P 2 18 Automatic transmission models The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 3 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off in this position Automatic transmission models The ignition lock
444. tec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over FOR ROADSTER MODELS their small hip bones In an acci There are three basic types of child restraint dent an improperly fitting seat belt A WARNING Systems could cause serious or fatal injury e Rear facing child restraint should not be Always use appropriate child re e Do not let infants and small children installed in Roadster models straints ride in Roadster models e Front facing child restraint should not be e Roadster models are not designed installed in Roadster models to accommodate Rear facing child e Booster seat only children large enough for restraints or Front facing child re booster seats can ride in Roadster models straints e If you let infants or small children A WARNING ride in Roadster models they may be killed or seriously injured in a e Never let an infant or a small child crash who requires the use of a rear or Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE in the front seat If you must STRAINTS install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see A WARNING Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts e Failure to follow the warnings and for Coupe models P 1 20 instructions for proper use and in Even with the NISSAN Advanced
445. terference and 2 this device must Instruments and controls 2 29 accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 2 30 Instruments and controls SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch is in the LOCK ACC or OFF position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH 4 WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solut
446. tesa Fuel Economy information The approximate distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy will be displayed for reference To reset the average fuel economy Avg Fuel Econ select the Reset Fuel Eco key If the Fuel Eco History key is selected the average fuel consumption history will be dis played in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button P 4 11 The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle information display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a malfunction Information Maintenance D RoG 17000 1hGod Engine G1 Qil Fitar 7 F Tire Olher Reminder pTi Bony 1200A TARON miles SAA2481 Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be displayed for the engine oil oil filter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems
447. the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the a position 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the gg fan speed control dial to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean turn the air flow control dial to 4 26 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems the AUTO position to return to the auto mode e When the air flow control dial is turned to the a or a position the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculation mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise or counterclockwise to manually control the fan speed Turn the dial to the AUTO position to return to automatic control of the fan speed Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following ra
448. the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a 5 4 Starting and driving flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears on the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi nated The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls
449. the USB memory is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the multi function controller fom REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal gt 1 Folder Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat gt All Random gt 1 Folder Random Normal e Play Mode Select the preferred play mode USE Meru T Folger List Track Lisl Play Mode Menu There are some options available during play back Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following information for each item e Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files e Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables switching to the movie playback mode Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 ooo Me Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the multi function controller Setti
450. the USB port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unin tentionally Pulling the cable may 4 68 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Open the console lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector If compatible the battery of the iPod is charged while the connection to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows a NISSAN or Accessory Attached screen when the connec tion is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later e Second generation iPod touch version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano ve
451. the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN 4 CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is ne cessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a che mical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the dis play Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then 4 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems operate the navigation system 4 WARNING ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident olings Seadings Volume amp Geeps Volime amp Beeps Plone Bluetacth Display Audio Volume jeanne Guidarse Velie
452. the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions In case of emergency 6 5 6 6 Jack up point Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground In case of emergency Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire SCE0661 Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires P 8 30 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally Models
453. this manual REAR HATCH OPENER SWITCH The rear hatch can be opened by pushing the rear hatch opener switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the rear hatch lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 To close the rear hatch push it down securely NISMO models 4 amp CAUTION Do not use the rear spoiler A to open or close the rear hatch Doing so may Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 damage the rear spoiler Always hold area to open or close the rear hatch 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows opening the rear hatch in the event of discharged battery or emergency The release handle is located under the cargo room carpet To open the rear hatch from the passenger compartment perform the following procedure 1 Remove the cargo room carpet 2 Find the rear hatch release handle 4 as shown in the illustration 3 Free the release handle that is fixed with velcro 4 Firmly pull the release handle until the rear hatch releases TRUNK LID Roadster models 4 WARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas carbon monox ide P 5 2 of this manual e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to p
454. tions Roadster models curtain side impact e Do not use seat covers on the front supplemental air bags seatbacks They may interfere with o The front seat mounted side impact supplemental side air bag inflation air bags and roof mounted Coupe models or door mounted Roadster models curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Al 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front air bag modules NISSAN Advanced Air Bags 3 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags for Coupe models 4 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators for Coupe models 8 9701112 14 JVROO87X Door mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators for Roadster models Door mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags for Roadster models Door satellite sensors if so equipped Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor 10 Occupant classification system control unit 11 Air bag Control Unit ACU 12 Satellite sensors 13 Seat belt with pretensioner NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and fron
455. tions See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light P 2 15 If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light illuminates in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The VDC warning light flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the VDC warning light will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light P 2 15 and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light P 2 17 The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction fy WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed
456. to the slot to protect it Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 DVD Digital Versatile Disc PLAYER OPERATION models with navigation system Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertain ment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the shift lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake Ay WARNING e The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death 4 CAUTION e Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can dis charge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VI DEO CD formats Display settings To adjust the front display
457. ton NOTE Once the button is pressed you have approximately 30 seconds to initiate the next step 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for two seconds and release Repeat the press hold release sequence up to 3 times to complete the programming pro cess HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device 7 If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink but tons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 2 52 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CA NADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require trans mitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming HomeLink procedures replace Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the following NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components Step 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and
458. top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a colli sion if the child restraint top tether Top tether anchor point location FORWARD FACING CHILD RE strap is damaged STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE The anchor point is located on the floor of the cargo area SEAT BELTS for Coupe models 4 WARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system passenger air bag See Front passen ger air bag and status light P 1 35 a SSS0640 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not
459. trol the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Turn the 3g fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will automatically turn on The A C button indicator light illuminates 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Turn the 3g fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will turn on 2 Push the A C button to turn off the air conditioner The A C button indicator light will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger com partment will be maintained automati cally Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than
460. uce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and in crease the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an acci dent Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may in dicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add mate rial or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the
461. uctions and precautions below must be battery always wear suitable eye followed 6 14 A WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the con tacted area with water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle In case of emergency protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles
462. udio system or on a USB device 4 40 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Compressed Video Files models with navigation system Explanation of terms DivX DivX refers to the DivX codec owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy compression of video based on MPEG 4 AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave It is a standard file format originated by Microsoft Corporation A divx encoded file can be saved into the avi file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section However not all the avi files are playable on this system since different encodings can be used than the DivX codec ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Requirement for Supporting Video Playback Media CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memory ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a
463. uise control is set Should this occur de press the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage Starting and driving 5 21 ACCELRES COASTISET e 9 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light will illuminate AON To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Take your foot off the 5 22 Starting and driving accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods Push the CANCEL switch Tap the brake pedal Turn the MAIN switch off The CRUISE light will turn off If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or COAST SET switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again The cru
464. ult in an accident Make sure the automatic transmis sion shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot SD1006MA 1 2 be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Firmly apply the parking brake Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse gear When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in the 1st gear To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Starting and driving 5 25 4 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position 5 26 Starting and driving POWER STEERING 4 WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops
465. upant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the 1 35 sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag The occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints P 1 18 for proper use and installa tion If the front passenger seat
466. ure contact a NISSAN deal er The Intelligent Key function can be disabled For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors including the rear hatch trunk lid DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the In telligent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked
467. ure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e f reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned y by Bluetooth SIG Inc and Bluetooth licensed to Clarion Co Ltd VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice c
468. ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage 4 CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 13 4 CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 5 14 Starting and driving Paddle shifter Manual shift m
469. ush the ignition switch to the ON position The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF na or 0 position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the 2 34 Instruments and controls headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the headlights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds Models with navigation system For automatic headlights off delay setting see Light Off Delay P 4 15 SIC3784A Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the 3 position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever towar
470. utions P 4 31 The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription The sa tellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Pusk ONOFF It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio Push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list 1 CD EJECT button d APS REW rewind button 2 DISP display button 8 MUTE button 3 Radio station preset CD select buttons 9 FM AM band select button 4 Audio display 10 AUDIO button 5 SCRL scroll button 11 SAT satellite band select button 6 LOAD button 12 SCAN tuning button 7 SEEK the TRACK CAT category or FILE APS 13 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob automatic program search FF fast forwar Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which was playing immediately before the system was turned off Whi
471. ve box Console box Rear parcel box Cargo cover if so equipped WINKOWS c scicccsceictiscashnciatecteeusate Power windows Interior lights Map lights Interior light control switch Vanity mirror lights Cargo area courtesy light Roadster models 2 49 Cargo light Coupe models 2 49 Trunk light Roadster models sessecsssscseessnteesseeessees 2 50 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped 2 50 Programming HomeLink eecsssscsssssosssessssssssssnsseeseesee 2 51 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers ANA Gate OPENETS cesssessecseesseeseesssesesseseseesnesseesseeseenseeses 2 52 Operating the HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 52 Programming troubleshooting oo 2 53 Clearing the programmed information ceseesee 2 53 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 53 If your Vehicle is stolen sssssssssssvssrsrririrnirrrsrsnnsensssene 2 53 COCKPIT A Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 29 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 33 Meters and Gauges combimeter P 2 5 Triple meter P 2 8 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Hood release handle P 3 16 Intelligent Key port P 5 10 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 14 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Menu control switch or tuning switch P 4 73 BACK switch P 4 73 10 11 Phone switch if so equ
472. voice command Help is available at any time Please say the Help command to get information about how to use the system INFO e If you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak Help The system announces the available commands e When you speak numbers you can speak both zero or oh for 0 Manual command selection Commands can be selected manually While the commands are displayed on the audio screen select a command by operating the audio tuning switch and then push the g switch Once a command is manually selected the voice command function is cancelled To return to voice command mode push the switch to cancel the current operation and then perform the first procedure of voice command Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel fg PHONE SEND Push the 4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the amp button to interrupt system feedback and give a command at once ama PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press the ams button to go back one step Press and hold the s button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time GETTING STARTED The fol
473. wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors for mod els not equipped with the emer gency tire puncture repair kit If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire punc ture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit Ay CAUTION The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor re ception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitte
474. wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 4 CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed 4 CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound
475. will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN air con ditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 for air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system 4 WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend r
476. x two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance When speaking a house number speak the number O as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak Zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK amp switch during a phone call e The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the following guidance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out e f you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the multi function controller the selected digits will be sent Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 Command List Category Command Comma p Displays the vehicle Information function Operates the Audio function Displays User Guide e Phone Command commana oo p Call history Makes a call to the incoming call number Makes a call to the dialed number Makes a call to the Missed calls number e Navigation Command C Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in t
477. y composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tube less The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES 4 amp WARNING
478. y objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bags and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent acciden tal inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal in jury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing addi tional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer In stallation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy ident
479. y release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane e f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradu ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main taining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires P 8 30 of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the condition

2014 Nissan 370Z

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents